1 <?xml version="1.0"?>
\r
4 <name>ElmSharp</name>
\r
7 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleInfoProvider">
\r
9 The delegate to define how to provide informations for <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.Name"/> or <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.Description"/>.
\r
11 <param name="obj">The sender obj.</param>
\r
12 <returns>Return information for Name or Description.</returns>
\r
14 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject">
\r
16 It's a base abstract class for <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Widget"/>.
\r
17 It provides available definitions for the screen reader, such as <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.Name"/>, <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.Description"/>, <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.ReadingInfoType"/>, etc.
\r
18 There's many the relationship between two accessible objects, like <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ChildOf"/>, <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentOf"/>, <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsTo"/>, <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsFrom"/>, etc.
\r
21 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#ReadingInfoType">
\r
23 Gets or sets the reading information types of an accessible object.
\r
26 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#Role">
\r
28 Gets or sets the role of the object in accessibility domain.
\r
31 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#CanHighlight">
\r
33 Gets or sets highlightable of given widget.
\r
36 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#TranslationDomain">
\r
38 Gets or sets the translation domain of "name" and "description" properties.
\r
39 Translation domain should be set if application wants to support i18n for accessibily "name" and "description" properties.
\r
40 When translation domain is set values of "name" and "description" properties will be translated with dgettext function using current translation domain as "domainname" parameter.
\r
41 It is application developer responsibility to ensure that translation files are loaded and binded to translation domain when accessibility is enabled.
\r
44 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#Name">
\r
46 Gets or sets an accessible name of the object.
\r
49 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#Description">
\r
51 Gets or sets contextual information about object.
\r
54 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#NameProvider">
\r
56 Gets or sets the delegate for <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.Name"/>.
\r
59 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#DescriptionProvider">
\r
61 Gets or sets the delegate for <see cref = "P:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject.Description" />.
\r
64 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
66 Creates and initializes a new instance of the AccessibleObject class with parent EvasObject class parameter.
\r
68 <param name="parent">Parent EvasObject class </param>
\r
70 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.#ctor">
\r
72 Creates and initializes a new instance of the AccessibleObject class.
\r
75 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#AppendRelation(ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleRelation)">
\r
77 Defines the relationship between two accessible objects.
\r
78 Relationships can be queried by Assistive Technology clients to provide customized feedback, improving overall user experience.
\r
79 AppendRelation API is asymmetric, which means that appending, for example, relation <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsTo"/> from object A to B, do not append relation <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsFrom"/> from object B to object A.
\r
81 <param name="relation">The relationship between source object and target object of a given type.</param>
\r
83 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.ElmSharp#Accessible#IAccessibleObject#RemoveRelation(ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleRelation)">
\r
85 Removes the relationship between two accessible objects.
\r
87 <param name="relation">The relationship between source object and target object of a given type.</param>
\r
89 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.Highlight">
\r
91 Highlights accessible widget.
\r
94 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleObject.Unhighlight">
\r
96 Clears highlight of accessible widget.
\r
99 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleRelation">
\r
101 IAccessibleRelation is a interface which defines the relationship between two accessible objects.
\r
104 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.LabelledBy">
\r
106 To define label info for accessible object.
\r
109 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.LabelledBy.Target">
\r
111 Gets or sets the target object which is LabelledBy.
\r
114 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.LabelledBy.Type">
\r
116 Gets the LabelledBy type.
\r
119 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.LabelFor">
\r
121 To define label info for accessible object.
\r
124 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.LabelFor.Target">
\r
126 Gets or sets the target object which is LabelFor.
\r
129 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.LabelFor.Type">
\r
131 Gets the LabelFor type.
\r
134 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ControllerFor">
\r
136 To define control relationship for accessible object.
\r
139 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ControllerFor.Target">
\r
141 Gets or sets the target object which is ControllerFor.
\r
144 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ControllerFor.Type">
\r
146 Gets the ControllerFor type.
\r
149 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ControlledBy">
\r
151 To define control relationship for accessible object.
\r
154 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ControlledBy.Target">
\r
156 Gets or sets the target object which is ControlledBy.
\r
159 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ControlledBy.Type">
\r
161 Gets the ControlledBy type.
\r
164 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.MemberOf">
\r
166 To define member relationship for accessible object.
\r
169 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.MemberOf.Target">
\r
171 Gets or sets the target object which is MemberOf.
\r
174 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.MemberOf.Type">
\r
176 Gets the MemberOf type.
\r
179 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.TooltipFor">
\r
181 To define tooltip for accessible object.
\r
184 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.TooltipFor.Target">
\r
186 Gets or sets the target object which is TooltipFor.
\r
189 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.TooltipFor.Type">
\r
191 Gets the TooltipFor type.
\r
194 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ChildOf">
\r
196 To define child for accessible object.
\r
199 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ChildOf.Target">
\r
201 Gets or sets the target object which is ChildOf.
\r
204 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ChildOf.Type">
\r
206 Gets the ChildOf type.
\r
209 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentOf">
\r
211 To define parent for accessible object.
\r
214 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentOf.Target">
\r
216 Gets or sets the target object which is ParentOf.
\r
219 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentOf.Type">
\r
221 Gets the ParentOf type.
\r
224 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.Extended">
\r
226 To define extend for accessible object.
\r
229 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.Extended.Target">
\r
231 Gets or sets the target object which is Extended.
\r
234 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.Extended.Type">
\r
236 Gets the Extended type.
\r
239 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsTo">
\r
241 To define the custom reading order.
\r
244 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsTo.Target">
\r
246 Gets or sets the target object which is FlowsTo.
\r
249 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsTo.Type">
\r
251 Gets the FlowsTo type.
\r
254 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsFrom">
\r
256 To define the custom reading order.
\r
259 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsFrom.Target">
\r
261 Gets or sets the target object which is FlowsFrom.
\r
264 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.FlowsFrom.Type">
\r
266 Gets the FlowsFrom type.
\r
269 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.SubwindowOf">
\r
271 To define subwindow for accessible object.
\r
274 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.SubwindowOf.Target">
\r
276 Gets or sets the target object which is SubwindowOf.
\r
279 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.SubwindowOf.Type">
\r
281 Gets the SubwindowOf type.
\r
284 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.Embeds">
\r
286 To define embed for accessible object.
\r
289 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.Embeds.Target">
\r
291 Gets or sets the target object which is Embeds.
\r
294 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.Embeds.Type">
\r
296 Gets the Embeds type.
\r
299 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.EmbeddedBy">
\r
301 To define embed for accessible object.
\r
304 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.EmbeddedBy.Target">
\r
306 Gets or sets the target object which is EmbeddedBy.
\r
309 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.EmbeddedBy.Type">
\r
311 Gets the EmbeddedBy type.
\r
314 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.PopupFor">
\r
316 To define popup for accessible object.
\r
319 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.PopupFor.Target">
\r
321 Gets or sets the target object which is PopupFor.
\r
324 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.PopupFor.Type">
\r
326 Gets the PopupFor type.
\r
329 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentWindowOf">
\r
331 To define parent window for accessible object.
\r
334 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentWindowOf.Target">
\r
336 Gets or sets the target object which is ParentWindowOf.
\r
339 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.ParentWindowOf.Type">
\r
341 Gets the ParentWindowOf type.
\r
344 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.DescriptionFor">
\r
346 To define description for accessible object.
\r
349 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.DescriptionFor.Target">
\r
351 Gets or sets the target object which is DescriptionFor.
\r
354 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.DescriptionFor.Type">
\r
356 Gets the DescriptionFor type.
\r
359 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.DescribedBy">
\r
361 To define description for accessible object.
\r
364 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.DescribedBy.Target">
\r
366 Gets or sets the target object which is DescribedBy.
\r
369 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Accessible.DescribedBy.Type">
\r
371 Gets the DescribedBy type.
\r
374 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingStatus">
\r
376 Enumeration for ReadingStatus.
\r
379 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingStatus.Unknown">
\r
384 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingStatus.Cancelled">
\r
389 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingStatus.Stoppped">
\r
394 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingStatus.Skipped">
\r
399 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleUtil">
\r
401 AccessibleUtil provides a method to set the reading information.
\r
404 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessibleUtil.Say(System.String,System.Boolean)">
\r
406 Reads given text by screen reader.
\r
408 <param name="text">The reading text.</param>
\r
409 <param name="discardable">If true, reading can be discarded by subsequent reading requests, if false the reading must finish before next reading request can be started.</param>
\r
410 <returns>Return a task with reading status.</returns>
\r
412 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole">
\r
414 Enumeration for AccessRole.
\r
417 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Invalid">
\r
422 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.AcceleratorLabel">
\r
424 AcceleratorLabel role
\r
427 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Alert">
\r
432 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Animation">
\r
437 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Arrow">
\r
442 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Calendar">
\r
447 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Canvas">
\r
452 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.CheckBox">
\r
457 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.CheckMenuItem">
\r
462 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ColorChooser">
\r
467 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ColumnHeader">
\r
472 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ComboBox">
\r
477 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DateEditor">
\r
482 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DesktopIcon">
\r
487 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DesktopFrame">
\r
492 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Dial">
\r
497 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Dialog">
\r
502 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DirectoryPane">
\r
507 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DrawingArea">
\r
512 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.FileChooser">
\r
517 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Filler">
\r
522 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.FocusTraversable">
\r
524 FocusTraversable role
\r
527 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.FontChooser">
\r
532 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Frame">
\r
537 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.GlassPane">
\r
542 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.HtmlContainer">
\r
547 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Icon">
\r
552 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Image">
\r
557 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.InternalFrame">
\r
562 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Label">
\r
567 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.LayeredPane">
\r
572 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.List">
\r
577 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ListItem">
\r
582 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Menu">
\r
587 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.MenuBar">
\r
592 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.MenuItem">
\r
597 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.OptionPane">
\r
602 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.PageTab">
\r
607 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.PageTabList">
\r
612 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Panel">
\r
617 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.PasswordText">
\r
622 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.PopupMenu">
\r
627 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ProgressBar">
\r
632 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.PushButton">
\r
637 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.RadioButton">
\r
642 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.RadioMenuItem">
\r
647 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.RootPane">
\r
652 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.RowHeader">
\r
657 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ScrollBar">
\r
662 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ScrollPane">
\r
667 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Separator">
\r
672 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Slider">
\r
677 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.SpinButton">
\r
682 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.SplitPane">
\r
687 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.StatusBar">
\r
692 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Table">
\r
697 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TableCell">
\r
702 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TableColumnHeader">
\r
704 TableColumnHeader role
\r
707 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TableRowHeader">
\r
709 TableRowHeader role
\r
712 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TearoffMenuItem">
\r
714 TearoffMenuItem role
\r
717 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Terminal">
\r
722 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Text">
\r
727 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ToggleButton">
\r
732 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ToolBar">
\r
737 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ToolTip">
\r
742 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Tree">
\r
747 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TreeTable">
\r
752 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Unknown">
\r
757 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Viewport">
\r
762 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Window">
\r
767 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Extended">
\r
772 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Header">
\r
777 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Footer">
\r
782 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Paragraph">
\r
787 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Ruler">
\r
792 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Application">
\r
797 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Autocomplete">
\r
802 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Editbar">
\r
807 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Embedded">
\r
812 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Entry">
\r
817 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Chart">
\r
822 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Caption">
\r
827 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DocumentFrame">
\r
832 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Heading">
\r
837 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Page">
\r
842 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Section">
\r
847 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.RedundantObject">
\r
849 RedundantObject role
\r
852 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Form">
\r
857 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Link">
\r
862 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.InputMethodWindow">
\r
864 InputMethodWindow role
\r
867 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TableRow">
\r
872 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.TreeItem">
\r
877 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DocumentSpreadsheet">
\r
879 DocumentSpreadsheet role
\r
882 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DocumentPresentation">
\r
884 DocumentPresentation role
\r
887 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DocumentText">
\r
892 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DocumentWeb">
\r
897 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.DocumentEmail">
\r
902 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Comment">
\r
907 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ListBox">
\r
912 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Grouping">
\r
917 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.ImageMap">
\r
922 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.Notification">
\r
927 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.AccessRole.InfoBar">
\r
932 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.IAccessibleObject">
\r
934 IAccessibleObject is a interface which defines properties and methods of accessible object.
\r
937 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingInfoType">
\r
939 Enumeration for ReadingInfoType.
\r
942 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingInfoType.None">
\r
947 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingInfoType.Name">
\r
949 Name for reading info type
\r
952 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingInfoType.Role">
\r
954 Role for reading info type
\r
957 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingInfoType.Description">
\r
959 Description for reading info type
\r
962 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Accessible.ReadingInfoType.State">
\r
964 State for reading info type
\r
967 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Background">
\r
969 The Background is a widget that use for setting (solid) background decorations to a window (unless it has transparency enabled)
\r
970 or to any container object.
\r
973 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Background.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
975 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Background class.
\r
977 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Background will be attached as a child.</param>
\r
979 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Background.Color">
\r
981 Sets or gets color to Background.
\r
984 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Background.File">
\r
986 Sets or gets image to Background.
\r
989 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Background.BackgroundOption">
\r
991 Sets or gets the mode of display for a given background widget's image.
\r
994 This sets how the background widget will display its image.
\r
995 This will only work if the File was previously set with an image file on obj.
\r
996 The image can be display tiled, scaled, centered or stretched. scaled by default.
\r
999 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Background.SetFileLoadSize(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
1001 Set the size of the pixmap representation of the image set on a given background widget.
\r
1002 This method just makes sense if an image file was set.
\r
1003 This is just a hint for the underlying system.
\r
1004 The real size of the pixmap may differ depending on the type of image being loaded, being bigger than requested.
\r
1006 <param name="w">The new width of the image pixmap representation.</param>
\r
1007 <param name="h">The new height of the image pixmap representation.</param>
\r
1009 <member name="T:ElmSharp.BackgroundOptions">
\r
1011 Enumeration for the background type.
\r
1014 <member name="F:ElmSharp.BackgroundOptions.Center">
\r
1016 Centers the background image
\r
1019 <member name="F:ElmSharp.BackgroundOptions.Scale">
\r
1021 Scales the background image, retaining the aspect ratio
\r
1024 <member name="F:ElmSharp.BackgroundOptions.Stretch">
\r
1026 Stretches the background image to fill the UI component's area.
\r
1029 <member name="F:ElmSharp.BackgroundOptions.Tile">
\r
1031 Tiles the background image at its original size
\r
1034 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Box">
\r
1036 The Box is a container used to arranges UI components in a linear order.
\r
1039 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1041 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Box class.
\r
1043 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Box will be attached as a child.</param>
\r
1045 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Box.IsHorizontal">
\r
1047 Sets or gets IsHorizontal value which describe pack direction, vertical is default.
\r
1050 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Box.IsHomogeneous">
\r
1052 Sets or gets whether the box to arrange its children homogeneously.
\r
1055 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.PackEnd(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1057 Adds an object at the end of the pack list.
\r
1060 Packs "content" object into the Box, placing it last in the list of children objects.
\r
1061 The actual position the object will get on screen depends on the layout used.
\r
1062 If no custom layout is set, it will be at the bottom or right,
\r
1063 depending if the Box is vertical or horizontal, respectively.
\r
1065 <param name="content">The oject be packed</param>
\r
1067 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.PackStart(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1069 Adds an "content" object to the beginning of the pack list.
\r
1072 Pack "content" object into the Box obj, placing it first in the list of children objects.
\r
1073 The actual position the object will get on screen depends on the layout used.
\r
1074 If no custom layout is set, it will be at the top or left,
\r
1075 depending if the Box is vertical or horizontal, respectively.
\r
1077 <param name="content">The object to be packed.</param>
\r
1079 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.PackAfter(ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1081 Adds an "content "object to the Box after the "after" object.
\r
1084 This will add the "content" to the Box indicated after the object indicated with "after".
\r
1085 If "after" is not already in the Box, results are undefined.
\r
1086 After means either to the right of the "after" object or below it depending on orientation.
\r
1088 <param name="content">The object will be added in Box</param>
\r
1089 <param name="after">The object has been added in Box</param>
\r
1091 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.PackBefore(ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1093 Adds an "content "object to the Box before the "before" object.
\r
1096 This will add the "content" to the Box indicated before the object indicated with "before".
\r
1097 If "before" is not already in the Box, results are undefined.
\r
1098 before means either to the left of the "before" object or below it depending on orientation.
\r
1100 <param name="content">The object will be added in Box</param>
\r
1101 <param name="before">The object has been added in Box</param>
\r
1103 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.UnPack(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1105 Remove the "content" oject from Box without deleting it.
\r
1107 <param name="content">The object to unpack</param>
\r
1109 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.UnPackAll">
\r
1111 Removes all objects from Box container.
\r
1114 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.SetLayoutCallback(System.Action)">
\r
1116 Whenever anything changes that requires the Box in obj to recalculate the size and position of its elements,
\r
1117 the function cb will be called to determine what the layout of the children will be.
\r
1119 <param name="action">The callback function used for layout </param>
\r
1121 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.SetPartColor(System.String,ElmSharp.Color)">
\r
1123 Sets the color of exact part to Box's layout parent.
\r
1125 <param name="part">The name of part class, it could be 'bg', 'elm.swllow.content'.</param>
\r
1126 <param name="color">The color value.</param>
\r
1128 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.GetPartColor(System.String)">
\r
1130 Gets the color of exact part of Box's layout parent.
\r
1132 <param name="part">The name of part class, it could be 'bg', 'elm.swllow.content'.</param>
\r
1133 <returns></returns>
\r
1135 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.Recalculate">
\r
1137 Force the box to recalculate its children packing.
\r
1138 If any children was added or removed, box will not calculate the values immediately rather leaving it to the next main loop iteration.
\r
1139 While this is great as it would save lots of recalculation, whenever you need to get the position of a just added item you must force recalculate before doing so.
\r
1142 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.Clear">
\r
1144 Clear the box of all children.
\r
1145 Remove all the elements contained by the box, deleting the respective objects.
\r
1148 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.SetBoxAlignment(System.Double,System.Double)">
\r
1150 Sets or gets the alignment of the whole bounding box of contents.
\r
1152 <param name="horizontal">Horizontal alignment</param>
\r
1153 <param name="vertical">Vertical alignment</param>
\r
1155 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Box.SetPadding(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
1157 Sets or gets the space(padding) between the box's elements.
\r
1159 <param name="horizontal">Horizontal padding</param>
\r
1160 <param name="vertical">vertical padding</param>
\r
1162 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Button">
\r
1164 The Button is a widget works as a clickable input element to trigger events.
\r
1167 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Button.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1169 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Button class.
\r
1171 <param name="parent">
\r
1172 The EvasObject to which the new Button will be attached as a child.
\r
1175 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Button.Clicked">
\r
1177 Clicked will be triggered when Button is clicked.
\r
1180 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Button.Repeated">
\r
1182 Repeated will be triggered when Button is pressed without releasing it.
\r
1185 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Button.Pressed">
\r
1187 Pressed will be triggered when the Button is pressed.
\r
1190 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Button.Released">
\r
1192 Released will be triggered when the Button is released after being pressed.
\r
1195 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Button.AutoRepeat">
\r
1197 Sets or gets the autorepeat feature of a given Button.
\r
1200 Autorepeat feature means autorepeat event generated when the button is kept pressed.
\r
1201 When set AutoRepeat to false, no autorepeat is performed and buttons will trigger Clicked event when they are clicked.
\r
1202 When set to true, keeping a button pressed continuously trigger Repeated event until the button is released.
\r
1203 The time it takes until it starts triggering Repeated is given by AutoRepeatInitialTime,
\r
1204 and the time between each new emission is given by AutoRepeatGapTimeout.
\r
1207 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Button.AutoRepeatInitialTime">
\r
1209 Sets or gets the initial timeout before the Repeat event is generated.
\r
1212 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Button.AutoRepeatGapTimeout">
\r
1214 Sets or gets the interval between each generated Repeat event.
\r
1217 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Button.BackgroundColor">
\r
1219 Sets or gets the BackgroundColor of a given Button in normal and pressed status.
\r
1222 <member name="T:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType">
\r
1224 Enumeration for event periodicity, used to define if a mark should be repeated beyond event's day. It's set when a mark is added.
\r
1227 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType.Unique">
\r
1229 Default value. Marks will be displayed only on event day.
\r
1232 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType.Daily">
\r
1234 Marks will be displayed every day after event day.
\r
1237 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType.Weekly">
\r
1239 Marks will be displayed every week after event day.
\r
1242 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType.Monthly">
\r
1244 Marks will be displayed every month day that coincides to event day.
\r
1247 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType.Annually">
\r
1249 Marks will be displayed every year that coincides to event day.
\r
1252 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType.LastDayOfMonth">
\r
1254 Marks will be displayed every last day of month after event day.
\r
1257 <member name="T:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectMode">
\r
1259 Enumeration for the mode, which determine how user could select a day.
\r
1262 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectMode.Default">
\r
1264 Default value. a day is always selected.
\r
1267 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectMode.Always">
\r
1269 A day is always selected.
\r
1272 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectMode.None">
\r
1274 None of the days can be selected.
\r
1277 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectMode.OnDemand">
\r
1279 User may have selected a day or not.
\r
1282 <member name="T:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectable">
\r
1284 Enumeration used to define which fields of a tm struct will be taken into account
\r
1287 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectable.None">
\r
1289 None will be taken into account
\r
1292 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectable.Year">
\r
1294 Year will be taken into account
\r
1297 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectable.Month">
\r
1299 Month will be taken into account
\r
1302 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarSelectable.Day">
\r
1304 Day will be taken into account
\r
1307 <member name="T:ElmSharp.CalendarMark">
\r
1309 The CalendarMark is a Item for marking a Calendar's type,date and repeat type.
\r
1312 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMark.Type">
\r
1314 A string used to define the type of mark.
\r
1317 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMark.Date">
\r
1319 A time struct to represent the date of inclusion of the mark.
\r
1322 <member name="F:ElmSharp.CalendarMark.Repeat">
\r
1324 Repeat the event following this periodicity.
\r
1327 <member name="M:ElmSharp.CalendarMark.#ctor(System.String,System.DateTime,ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType)">
\r
1329 Creates and initializes a new instance of the CalendarMark class.
\r
1331 <param name="type">Type of mark</param>
\r
1332 <param name="date">Date of inclusion of the mark</param>
\r
1333 <param name="repeat">Repeat type</param>
\r
1335 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Calendar">
\r
1337 The Calendar is a widget that helps applications to flexibly display a calender with day of the week, date, year and month.
\r
1340 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Calendar.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1342 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Calendar class.
\r
1344 <param name="parent">
\r
1345 The EvasObject to which the new Calendar will be attached as a child.
\r
1348 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Calendar.DateChanged">
\r
1350 DateChanged will be triggered when the date in the calendar is changed.
\r
1353 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Calendar.DisplayedMonthChanged">
\r
1355 DisplayedMonthChanged will be triggered when the current month displayed in the calendar is changed.
\r
1358 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Calendar.DateFormatDelegate">
\r
1360 This delegate type is used to format the string that will be used to display month and year.
\r
1362 <param name="time">DateTime</param>
\r
1363 <returns></returns>
\r
1365 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.MinimumYear">
\r
1367 Sets or gets the minimum for year.
\r
1370 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.MaximumYear">
\r
1372 Sets or gets the maximum for the year.
\r
1375 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.DisplayedTime">
\r
1377 Sets or gets the first day of week, who are used on Calendar.
\r
1380 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.FirstDayOfWeek">
\r
1382 Sets or gets the first day of week, who are used on Calendar.
\r
1385 <!-- "P:ElmSharp.Calendar.WeekDayNames" 멤버에 대해 잘못된 형식의 XML 주석은 무시됩니다. -->
\r
1386 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.SelectedDate">
\r
1388 Sets or gets the selected date.
\r
1391 Selected date changes when the user goes to next/previous month or select a day pressing over it on calendar.
\r
1394 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.Interval">
\r
1396 Sets or gets the interval on time updates for an user mouse button
\r
1397 hold on calendar widgets' month/year selection.
\r
1400 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.SelectMode">
\r
1402 Gets or sets the select day mode used.
\r
1405 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.Selectable">
\r
1407 Gets or sets fields of a datetime will be taken into account, when SelectedDate set is invoked.
\r
1410 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Calendar.DateFormat">
\r
1412 Gets or sets date format the string that will be used to display month and year.
\r
1415 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Calendar.AddMark(System.String,System.DateTime,ElmSharp.CalendarMarkRepeatType)">
\r
1417 Add a new mark to the calendar.
\r
1419 <param name="type">A string used to define the type of mark. It will be emitted to the theme, that should display a related modification on these days representation.</param>
\r
1420 <param name="date">A time struct to represent the date of inclusion of the mark. For marks that repeats it will just be displayed after the inclusion date in the calendar.</param>
\r
1421 <param name="repeat">Repeat the event following this periodicity. Can be a unique mark (that don't repeat), daily, weekly, monthly or annually.</param>
\r
1422 <returns>Item for a calendar mark.</returns>
\r
1424 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Calendar.DeleteMark(ElmSharp.CalendarMark)">
\r
1426 Delete mark from the calendar.
\r
1428 <param name="mark">Item for a calendar mark</param>
\r
1430 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Calendar.DrawMarks">
\r
1432 Draw calendar marks.
\r
1435 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Calendar.ClearMarks">
\r
1437 Remove all calendar's marks.
\r
1440 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Check">
\r
1442 The check is a widget allows for toggling a value between true and false.
\r
1445 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Check.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1447 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Check class.
\r
1449 <param name="parent">
\r
1450 The EvasObject to which the new Check will be attached as a child.
\r
1453 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Check.StateChanged">
\r
1455 StateChanged will be triggered when the IsChecked in the Check is changed.
\r
1458 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Check.IsChecked">
\r
1460 Sets or gets whether the given Check is checked or not.
\r
1463 When object is checked, the value will set to true, Conversely will set to false.
\r
1466 <member name="T:ElmSharp.CheckStateChangedEventArgs">
\r
1468 It inherits System.EventArgs.
\r
1469 The CheckStateChangedEventArgs is EventArgs to record Check's state.
\r
1470 Include old state and new state.
\r
1473 <member name="P:ElmSharp.CheckStateChangedEventArgs.OldState">
\r
1475 Gets the OldState property.The return type is bool.
\r
1478 <member name="P:ElmSharp.CheckStateChangedEventArgs.NewState">
\r
1480 Gets the NewState property.The return type is bool.
\r
1483 <member name="M:ElmSharp.CheckStateChangedEventArgs.#ctor(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
\r
1485 Creates and initializes a new instance of the CheckStateChangedEventArgs class.
\r
1487 <param name="oldState">Old state of Check which to use this CheckStateChangedEventArgs.</param>
\r
1488 <param name="newState">New state of Check which to use this CheckStateChangedEventArgs.</param>
\r
1490 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Color">
\r
1492 The Color is a struct to record Check's state.
\r
1495 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Color.Default">
\r
1497 Gets a default Color instance.
\r
1500 In default Color instance,Mode type is Default,RGBA all set as -1.
\r
1503 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Color.IsDefault">
\r
1505 Gets whether the Color instance's mode is default or not.
\r
1506 Return type is bool.
\r
1509 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Color.A">
\r
1511 Gets A value of RGBA.
\r
1512 A means the Alpha in color.
\r
1515 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Color.R">
\r
1517 Gets R value of RGBA.
\r
1518 R means the Red in color.
\r
1521 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Color.G">
\r
1523 Gets G value of RGBA.
\r
1524 G means the Green in color.
\r
1527 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Color.B">
\r
1529 Gets B value of RGBA.
\r
1530 B means the Blue in color.
\r
1533 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.#ctor(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
1535 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Color class.
\r
1536 With RGB parameters.
\r
1538 <param name="r">Red of RGB</param>
\r
1539 <param name="g">Green of RGB</param>
\r
1540 <param name="b">Blue of RGB</param>
\r
1542 <!-- "M:ElmSharp.Color.#ctor(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)" 멤버에 대해 잘못된 형식의 XML 주석은 무시됩니다. -->
\r
1543 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.op_Equality(ElmSharp.Color,ElmSharp.Color)">
\r
1545 Compare whether two Color instance is same or not.
\r
1547 <param name="a">A Color instance.</param>
\r
1548 <param name="b">A Color instance.</param>
\r
1549 <returns>The result whether two instance is same or not.
\r
1550 Return type is bool.If they are same, return true.
\r
1553 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.op_Inequality(ElmSharp.Color,ElmSharp.Color)">
\r
1555 Compare whether two Color instance is different or not.
\r
1557 <param name="a">A Color instance.</param>
\r
1558 <param name="b">A Color instance.</param>
\r
1559 <returns>The result whether two instance is different or not.
\r
1560 Return type is bool.If they are different, return true.
\r
1563 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.FromHex(System.String)">
\r
1565 Gets a Color instance with a hexadecimal string parameter.
\r
1567 <param name="hex">Hexadecimal string.</param>
\r
1568 <returns>New instance of Color struct.</returns>
\r
1570 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.FromUint(System.UInt32)">
\r
1572 Gets a Color instance with a Unsigned integer parameter.
\r
1574 <param name="argb">Unsigned integer indicates RGBA.</param>
\r
1575 <returns>New instance of Color struct.</returns>
\r
1577 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.FromRgba(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
1579 Gets a Color instance with R,G,B,A parameters.
\r
1581 <param name="r">Red in RGBA.</param>
\r
1582 <param name="g">Green in RGBA.</param>
\r
1583 <param name="b">Blue in RGBA.</param>
\r
1584 <param name="a">Alpha in RGBA.</param>
\r
1585 <returns>New instance of Color struct.</returns>
\r
1587 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Color.FromRgb(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
1589 Gets a Color instance with R,G,B,A parameters.
\r
1591 <param name="r">Red in RGB.</param>
\r
1592 <param name="g">Green in RGB.</param>
\r
1593 <param name="b">Blue in RGB.</param>
\r
1594 <returns>New instance of Color struct.</returns>
\r
1596 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Transparent">
\r
1598 The Tansparent is a predefined Color, it's rgba value is (0, 0, 0, 0).
\r
1601 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Aqua">
\r
1603 The Aqua is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 255, 255).
\r
1606 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Black">
\r
1608 The Black is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 0, 0).
\r
1611 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Blue">
\r
1613 The Blue is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 0, 255).
\r
1616 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Fuchsia">
\r
1618 The Fuchsia is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (255, 0, 255).
\r
1621 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Gray">
\r
1623 The Gray is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (128, 128, 128).
\r
1626 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Green">
\r
1628 The Green is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 128, 0).
\r
1631 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Lime">
\r
1633 The Lime is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 255, 0).
\r
1636 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Maroon">
\r
1638 The Maroon is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (128, 0, 0).
\r
1641 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Navy">
\r
1643 The Navy is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 0, 128).
\r
1646 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Olive">
\r
1648 The Olive is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (128, 128, 0).
\r
1651 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Orange">
\r
1653 The Orange is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (255, 165, 0).
\r
1656 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Purple">
\r
1658 The Purple is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (128, 0, 128).
\r
1661 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Pink">
\r
1663 The Pink is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (255, 102, 255).
\r
1666 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Red">
\r
1668 The Red is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (255, 0, 0).
\r
1671 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Silver">
\r
1673 The Silver is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (192, 192, 192).
\r
1676 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Teal">
\r
1678 The Teal is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (0, 128, 128).
\r
1681 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.White">
\r
1683 The White is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (255, 255, 255).
\r
1686 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Color.Yellow">
\r
1688 The Yellow is a predefined Color instance, it's rgb value is (255, 255, 0).
\r
1691 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ColorChangedEventArgs">
\r
1693 It inherits System.EventArgs.
\r
1694 Event ColorChanged of ColorSelector contain ColorChangedEventArgs as a parameter.
\r
1695 Refer to <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ColorSelector"/>type.
\r
1698 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorChangedEventArgs.OldColor">
\r
1700 Gets old color in color changed event.
\r
1703 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorChangedEventArgs.NewColor">
\r
1705 Gets new color in color changed event.
\r
1708 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ColorChangedEventArgs.#ctor(ElmSharp.Color,ElmSharp.Color)">
\r
1710 Creates and initializes a new instance of the ColorChangedEventArgs class.
\r
1712 <param name="oldColor">old color</param>
\r
1713 <param name="newColor">new color</param>
\r
1715 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode">
\r
1717 Enumeration for mode of ColorSelector
\r
1720 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.Palette">
\r
1722 Only color palette is displayed, default
\r
1725 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.Components">
\r
1727 Only color selector is displayed
\r
1730 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.Both">
\r
1732 Both Palette and selector is displayed
\r
1735 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.Picker">
\r
1737 Only color picker is displayed
\r
1740 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.Plane">
\r
1742 This mode is not supported. If you use this, nothing will be shown
\r
1745 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.PallettePlane">
\r
1747 This mode is not supported. If you use this, it will be shown same with Palette mode
\r
1750 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorMode.All">
\r
1752 This mode is not supported. If you use this, it will be shown same with Palette mode
\r
1755 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ColorSelector">
\r
1757 The ColorSelector is a widget to set a series of colors.
\r
1758 It also allows to load/save colors from/to config with a unique identifier.
\r
1761 By default, the colors are loaded/saved from/to config using "default" identifier.
\r
1762 The colors can be picked by user from the color set by clicking on individual
\r
1763 color item on the palette or by selecting it from selector.
\r
1766 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1768 Creates and initializes a new instance of the ColorSelector class.
\r
1770 <param name="parent"></param>
\r
1772 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.ColorChanged">
\r
1774 ColorChanged will be triggered when the SelectedColor changed.
\r
1777 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.SelectedColor">
\r
1779 Gets or sets color of colorselector.
\r
1782 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.Opacity">
\r
1784 Gets Alpha of a default Color Class(Value is -1).
\r
1787 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.Mode">
\r
1789 Gets or sets Colorselector's mode.
\r
1792 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.PaletteName">
\r
1794 Get or set current palette's name.
\r
1797 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.AddPaletteColor(ElmSharp.Color)">
\r
1799 Adds a new color item to palette.
\r
1801 <param name="color">Color item to add</param>
\r
1802 <returns>A new color palette Item.</returns>
\r
1804 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ColorSelector.ClearPalette">
\r
1806 Clear the palette items.
\r
1809 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorItem">
\r
1811 A instance to the ColorSelector item added.
\r
1814 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorSelectorItem.Color">
\r
1816 Gets or sets the Palette item's color
\r
1819 <!-- "T:ElmSharp.Conformant" 멤버에 대해 잘못된 형식의 XML 주석은 무시됩니다. -->
\r
1820 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Conformant.#ctor(ElmSharp.Window)">
\r
1822 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Conformant class.
\r
1824 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Conformant
\r
1825 as a child.It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
1827 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Container">
\r
1829 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Widget"/>.
\r
1830 The Container is a abstract class.
\r
1831 Other class inherits it to Elementary is about displaying
\r
1832 its widgets in a nice layout.
\r
1835 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Container.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1837 Creates and initializes a new instance of class which inherit from Container.
\r
1839 <param name="parent">The parent is a given object which will be attached by Container
\r
1840 as a child.It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
1842 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Container.BackgroundColor">
\r
1844 Sets the background color of a given Container.
\r
1847 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection">
\r
1849 Enumeration of ContextPopup direction type.
\r
1852 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection.Down">
\r
1854 ContextPopup show appear below clicked area
\r
1857 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection.Right">
\r
1859 ContextPopup show appear to the right of the clicked area
\r
1862 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection.Left">
\r
1864 ContextPopup show appear to the left of the clicked area
\r
1867 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection.Up">
\r
1869 ContextPopup show appear above the clicked area
\r
1872 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection.Unknown">
\r
1874 ContextPopup does not determine it's direction yet
\r
1877 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ContextPopup">
\r
1879 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Layout"/>.
\r
1880 The ContextPopup is a widget that when it shown, pops up a list of items.
\r
1883 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1885 Creates and initializes a new instance of the ContextPopup class.
\r
1887 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by ContextPopup
\r
1888 as a child.It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
1890 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Dismissed">
\r
1892 Dismissed is raised when the ContextPopup item is dismissed.
\r
1895 Outside of ContextPopup was clicked or it's parent area is changed or the language is changed. and then ContextPopup is dismissed.
\r
1898 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Direction">
\r
1900 Gets the current direction of a ContextPopup.
\r
1903 Once the ContextPopup showed up, the direction would be determined.
\r
1906 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.IsHorizontal">
\r
1908 Gets or sets the value of current ContextPopup object's orientation.
\r
1909 True for horizontal mode, False for vertical mode (or errors)
\r
1912 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.AutoHide">
\r
1914 Gets or sets whether ContextPopup hide automatically
\r
1915 or not when parent of ContextPopup is resized.
\r
1918 Default value of AutoHide is False.
\r
1921 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Clear">
\r
1923 Clears all items in the given ContextPopup object.
\r
1926 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.SetDirectionPriorty(ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection,ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection,ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection,ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection)">
\r
1928 Sets the direction priority of a ContextPopup.
\r
1930 <param name="first">1st priority of direction </param>
\r
1931 <param name="second">2nd priority of direction </param>
\r
1932 <param name="third">3th priority of direction </param>
\r
1933 <param name="fourth">4th priority of direction</param>
\r
1935 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.GetDirectionPriority(ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection@,ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection@,ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection@,ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection@)">
\r
1937 Gets the direction priority of a ContextPopup.
\r
1939 <param name="first">1st priority of direction to be returned</param>
\r
1940 <param name="second">2nd priority of direction to be returned</param>
\r
1941 <param name="third">2nd priority of direction to be returned </param>
\r
1942 <param name="fourth">4th priority of direction to be returned</param>
\r
1944 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Append(System.String)">
\r
1946 Adds a new item to a ContextPopup object with label.
\r
1948 <param name="label">The Label of the new item</param>
\r
1950 A ContextPopupItem added or NULL, on errors
\r
1953 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Append(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
1955 Adds a new item to a ContextPopup object with label and icon.
\r
1957 <param name="label">The Label of the new item</param>
\r
1958 <param name="icon">Icon to be set on new item</param>
\r
1959 <returns>A ContextPopupItem added or NULL, on errors</returns>
\r
1961 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Dismiss">
\r
1963 Dismiss a ContextPopup object. The ContextPopup will be hidden and the "clicked" signal will be emitted.
\r
1966 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.IsAvailableDirection(ElmSharp.ContextPopupDirection)">
\r
1968 Gets the possibility that the direction would be available
\r
1970 <param name="direction">A direction user wants to check</param>
\r
1972 Get false if you cannot put it in the direction. Gets true if it's possible.
\r
1975 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ContextPopup.Opacity">
\r
1977 Gets Alpha of a default Color Class.
\r
1980 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ContextPopupItem">
\r
1982 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ItemObject"/>.
\r
1983 A instance to the ContextPopup item added.
\r
1986 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ContextPopupItem.Text">
\r
1988 Gets the Text property of the given ContextPopupItem.
\r
1991 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ContextPopupItem.Icon">
\r
1993 Gets the Icon(type is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/>) property of the given ContextPopupItem.
\r
1996 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ContextPopupItem.Selected">
\r
1998 Selected will be triggered when the ContextPopupItem is Selected.
\r
2001 <member name="T:ElmSharp.DateChangedEventArgs">
\r
2003 It inherits System.EventArgs.
\r
2004 The DateChanged event in Calendar and DateTimeChanged event in DateTimeSelector.
\r
2005 contain DateChangedEventArgs as a parameter.
\r
2008 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DateChangedEventArgs.OldDate">
\r
2010 Gets the OldDate property of the given DateChangedEventArgs.
\r
2013 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DateChangedEventArgs.NewDate">
\r
2015 Gets the NewDate property of the given DateChangedEventArgs.
\r
2018 <member name="M:ElmSharp.DateChangedEventArgs.#ctor(System.DateTime,System.DateTime)">
\r
2020 Creates and initializes a new instance of the DateChangedEventArgs class.
\r
2022 <param name="oldDate">
\r
2023 Old date when DateChanged event or DateTimeChanged event triggered
\r
2025 <param name="newDate">
\r
2026 New date when DateChanged event or DateTimeChanged event triggered
\r
2029 <member name="T:ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType">
\r
2031 Enumeration of datetime field types for DateTimeSelector.
\r
2034 <!-- "T:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector" 멤버에 대해 잘못된 형식의 XML 주석은 무시됩니다. -->
\r
2035 <member name="M:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
2037 Creates and initializes a new instance of the DateTimeSelector class.
\r
2039 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by DateTimeSelector
\r
2040 as a child.It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
2042 <member name="E:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.DateTimeChanged">
\r
2044 ItemSelected is raised when Datetime field value changed.
\r
2047 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.Format">
\r
2049 Gets or sets the datetime format.
\r
2052 format is a combination of allowed LIBC date format specifiers like: "%b %d, %Y %I : %M %p".
\r
2055 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.MaximumDateTime">
\r
2057 Gets or sets the upper boundary of DateTime field.
\r
2060 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.MinimumDateTime">
\r
2062 Gets or sets the lower boundary of DateTime field.
\r
2065 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.DateTime">
\r
2067 Gets or sets the current value of DateTime field.
\r
2070 <member name="M:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.IsFieldVisible(ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType)">
\r
2072 Gets whether a field can be visible.
\r
2074 <param name="type">Enumeration <see cref="T:ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType"/></param>
\r
2076 The field is visible or not.
\r
2077 Type is bool.If visible, return true.
\r
2080 <member name="M:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.SetFieldLimit(ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
2082 Sets the field limits of a field.
\r
2084 <param name="type">Enumeration <see cref="T:ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType"/></param>
\r
2085 <param name="minimum">minimum limit</param>
\r
2086 <param name="maximum">maximum limit</param>
\r
2088 <member name="M:ElmSharp.DateTimeSelector.SetFieldVisible(ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType,System.Boolean)">
\r
2090 Gets whether a field can be visible.
\r
2092 <param name="type">Enumeration <see cref="T:ElmSharp.DateTimeFieldType"/></param>
\r
2093 <param name="visible">When set as true, the field type visible.</param>
\r
2095 <member name="T:ElmSharp.DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs">
\r
2097 It inherits System.EventArgs.
\r
2098 The DisplayedMonthChangedEvent in Calendar contain
\r
2099 DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs as a parameter.
\r
2102 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs.OldMonth">
\r
2104 Gets the OldMonth property of the given DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs.
\r
2107 <member name="P:ElmSharp.DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs.NewMonth">
\r
2109 Gets the NewMonth property of the given DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs.
\r
2112 <member name="M:ElmSharp.DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs.#ctor(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
2114 Creates and initializes a new instance of the DisplayedMonthChangedEventArgs class.
\r
2116 <param name="oldMonth">
\r
2117 old month of date when DisplayedMonthChangedEvent triggered.
\r
2119 <param name="newMonth">
\r
2120 new month of date when DisplayedMonthChangedEvent triggered.
\r
2123 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreAnimator">
\r
2125 EcoreAnimator is a helper class, it provides functions to manager animations.
\r
2128 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreAnimator.GetCurrentTime">
\r
2130 Gets current system time as a floating point value in seconds.
\r
2132 <returns>Current system time</returns>
\r
2134 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreAnimator.AddAnimator(System.Func{System.Boolean})">
\r
2136 Adds an animator to call <paramref name="handler"/> at every animation tick during main loop execution.
\r
2138 <param name="handler">The function to call when it ticks off</param>
\r
2139 <returns>A handle to the new animator</returns>
\r
2141 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreAnimator.RemoveAnimator(System.IntPtr)">
\r
2143 Removes the specified animator from the animator list.
\r
2145 <param name="anim">The specified animator handle</param>
\r
2147 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType">
\r
2149 The EcoreEventType is type of EcoreEvent.
\r
2150 It includes some predefined instance.
\r
2153 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.KeyDown">
\r
2155 Key down Ecore event type.
\r
2158 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.KeyUp">
\r
2160 Key Up Ecore event type.
\r
2163 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseButtonDown">
\r
2165 Mouse Button Down Ecore event type.
\r
2168 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseButtonUp">
\r
2170 Mouse Button Up Ecore event type.
\r
2173 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseButtonCancel">
\r
2175 Mouse Button Cancel Ecore event type.
\r
2178 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseMove">
\r
2180 Mouse Move Ecore event type.
\r
2183 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseWheel">
\r
2185 Mouse Wheel Ecore event type.
\r
2188 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseIn">
\r
2190 Mouse In Ecore event type.
\r
2193 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.MouseOut">
\r
2195 Mouse Out Ecore event type.
\r
2198 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreEventType.GetValue">
\r
2200 Gets the value associated with the specified type.
\r
2202 <returns>The value of type.</returns>
\r
2204 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreEvent`1">
\r
2206 The EcoreEvent is a class to help to create events are being notified of events.
\r
2208 <typeparam name="TEventArgs">Kinds of EventArgs</typeparam>
\r
2210 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreEvent`1.#ctor(ElmSharp.EcoreEventType)">
\r
2212 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EcoreEvent class.
\r
2214 <param name="type">EcoreEventType</param>
\r
2216 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreEvent`1.#ctor(ElmSharp.EcoreEventType,ElmSharp.EcoreEvent{`0}.EventInfoParser)">
\r
2218 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EcoreEvent class.
\r
2220 <param name="type">EcoreEventType</param>
\r
2221 <param name="parser">EventInfoParser</param>
\r
2223 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EcoreEvent`1.On">
\r
2225 On Event Handler of EcoreEvent.
\r
2228 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreEvent">
\r
2230 Event class for EcoreEvent
\r
2233 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreEvent.#ctor(ElmSharp.EcoreEventType)">
\r
2235 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EcoreEvent class.
\r
2237 <param name="type">EcoreEventType</param>
\r
2239 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreKeyEventArgs">
\r
2241 It inherits System.EventArgs.
\r
2242 The EcoreKeyEventArgs is a EventArgs to record Ecore event's key name and key code.
\r
2245 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EcoreKeyEventArgs.KeyName">
\r
2247 Gets the KeyName property.The return type is string.
\r
2250 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EcoreKeyEventArgs.KeyCode">
\r
2252 Gets the KeyCode property.The return type is int.
\r
2255 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreKeyEventArgs.Create(System.IntPtr,ElmSharp.EcoreEventType,System.IntPtr)">
\r
2257 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EcoreKeyEventArgs class.
\r
2259 <param name="data">data</param>
\r
2260 <param name="type">type</param>
\r
2261 <param name="info">information </param>
\r
2262 <returns>new instance of the EcoreKeyEventArgs class</returns>
\r
2264 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop">
\r
2266 EcoreMainloop is a helper class, it provide functions relative Ecore's main loop.
\r
2269 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.IsMainThread">
\r
2271 Checks if you are calling this function from the main thread.
\r
2273 <remarks>True is the calling function is the same thread, false otherwise.</remarks>
\r
2275 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.Begin">
\r
2277 Runs the application main loop.
\r
2280 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.Quit">
\r
2282 Quits the main loop once all the events currently on the queue have been processed.
\r
2285 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.Post(System.Action)">
\r
2287 Adds an idler handler.
\r
2289 <param name="task">The action to call when idling</param>
\r
2291 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.PostAndWakeUp(System.Action)">
\r
2293 Calls callback asynchronously in the main loop.
\r
2295 <param name="task">The action wanted to be called</param>
\r
2297 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.Send(System.Action)">
\r
2299 Calls callback synchronously in the main loop.
\r
2301 <param name="task">The action wanted to be called</param>
\r
2303 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.AddTimer(System.Double,System.Func{System.Boolean})">
\r
2305 Creates a timer to call the given function in the given period of time.
\r
2307 <param name="interval">The interval in seconds.</param>
\r
2308 <param name="handler">The given function.</param>
\r
2309 <returns>A timer object handler on success, NULL on failure.</returns>
\r
2311 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreMainloop.RemoveTimer(System.IntPtr)">
\r
2313 Removes the specified timer from the timer list.
\r
2315 <param name="id">The specified timer handler</param>
\r
2317 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EcoreSynchronizationContext">
\r
2319 Provides a synchronization context for the efl application.
\r
2322 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreSynchronizationContext.#ctor">
\r
2324 Initializes a new instance of the EcoreSynchronizationContext class.
\r
2327 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreSynchronizationContext.Initialize">
\r
2329 Initilizes a new EcoreSynchronizationContext and install into current thread
\r
2334 SetSynchronizationContext(new EcoreSynchronizationContext());
\r
2338 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreSynchronizationContext.Post(System.Threading.SendOrPostCallback,System.Object)">
\r
2340 Dispatches an asynchronous message to a Ecore main loop.
\r
2342 <param name="d"><see cref="T:System.Threading.SendOrPostCallback"/>The SendOrPostCallback delegate to call.</param>
\r
2343 <param name="state"><see cref="T:System.Object"/>The object passed to the delegate.</param>
\r
2344 <remarks>The Post method starts an asynchronous request to post a message.</remarks>
\r
2346 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EcoreSynchronizationContext.Send(System.Threading.SendOrPostCallback,System.Object)">
\r
2348 Dispatches a synchronous message to a Ecore main loop
\r
2350 <param name="d"><see cref="T:System.Threading.SendOrPostCallback"/>The SendOrPostCallback delegate to call.</param>
\r
2351 <param name="state"><see cref="T:System.Object"/>The object passed to the delegate.</param>
\r
2353 The Send method starts a synchronous request to send a message.</remarks>
\r
2355 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EdjeObject">
\r
2357 The EdjeObject is a class that evas object exist in
\r
2360 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.Item(System.String)">
\r
2362 Checks whether an edje part exists in a given edje object's group definition.
\r
2363 This function returns if a given part exists in the edje group bound to object obj
\r
2365 <remarks>This call is useful, for example, when one could expect a given GUI element, depending on the theme applied to obj.</remarks>
\r
2366 <param name="part">The part's name to check for existence in obj's group</param>
\r
2367 <returns>TRUE, if the edje part exists in obj's group, otherwise FALSE</returns>
\r
2369 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.EmitSignal(System.String,System.String)">
\r
2371 Sends/emits an edje signal to a given edje object.
\r
2373 <param name="emission">The signal's "emission" string</param>
\r
2374 <param name="source">The signal's "source" string</param>
\r
2376 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.DeleteColorClass(System.String)">
\r
2378 Deletes the object color class.
\r
2379 This function deletes any values at the object level for the specified object and color class.
\r
2381 <remarks>Deleting the color class defined in the theme file.</remarks>
\r
2382 <param name="part">The color class to be deleted</param>
\r
2384 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.SetColorClass(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
2386 Sets the object color class.
\r
2388 <param name="colorClass">The color class name.</param>
\r
2389 <param name="red">The object Red value.</param>
\r
2390 <param name="green">The object Green value.</param>
\r
2391 <param name="blue">The object Blue value.</param>
\r
2392 <param name="alpha">The object Alpha value.</param>
\r
2393 <param name="outlineRed">The outline Red value.</param>
\r
2394 <param name="outlineGreen">The outline Green value.</param>
\r
2395 <param name="outlineBlue">The outline Blue value.</param>
\r
2396 <param name="outlineAlpha">The outline Alpha value.</param>
\r
2397 <param name="shadowRed">The shadow Red value.</param>
\r
2398 <param name="shadowGreen">The shadow Green value.</param>
\r
2399 <param name="shadowBlue">The shadow Blue value.</param>
\r
2400 <param name="shadowAlpha">The shadow Alpha value.</param>
\r
2401 <returns>True if succeed, otherwise False</returns>
\r
2403 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.GetColorClass(System.String,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
\r
2405 Gets the object color class.
\r
2407 <param name="colorClass">The color class name.</param>
\r
2408 <param name="red">The object Red value.</param>
\r
2409 <param name="green">The object Green value.</param>
\r
2410 <param name="blue">The object Blue value.</param>
\r
2411 <param name="alpha">The object Alpha value.</param>
\r
2412 <param name="outlineRed">The outline Red value.</param>
\r
2413 <param name="outlineGreen">The outline Green value.</param>
\r
2414 <param name="outlineBlue">The outline Blue value.</param>
\r
2415 <param name="outlineAlpha">The outline Alpha value.</param>
\r
2416 <param name="shadowRed">The shadow Red value.</param>
\r
2417 <param name="shadowGreen">The shadow Green value.</param>
\r
2418 <param name="shadowBlue">The shadow Blue value.</param>
\r
2419 <param name="shadowAlpha">The shadow Alpha value.</param>
\r
2420 <returns>True if succeed, otherwise False</returns>
\r
2422 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.SetTextClass(System.String,System.String,System.Int32)">
\r
2424 Sets Edje text class.
\r
2426 <param name="textClass">The text class name.</param>
\r
2427 <param name="font"> Font name.</param>
\r
2428 <param name="fontSize">Font size.</param>
\r
2429 <returns>True if succeed, otherwise False</returns>
\r
2431 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.GetTextClass(System.String,System.String@,System.Int32@)">
\r
2433 Gets Edje text class.
\r
2435 <param name="textClass">The text class name.</param>
\r
2436 <param name="font">Font name.</param>
\r
2437 <param name="fontSize">Font size.</param>
\r
2438 <returns>True if succeed, otherwise False</returns>
\r
2440 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.AddSignalAction(System.String,System.String,System.Action{System.String,System.String})">
\r
2442 Adds Action for an arriving edje signal, emitted by a given Ejde object.
\r
2444 <param name="emission">The signal's "emission" string</param>
\r
2445 <param name="source">The signal's "source" string</param>
\r
2446 <param name="action">The action to be executed when the signal is emitted</param>
\r
2448 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EdjeObject.DeleteSignalAction(System.String,System.String,System.Action{System.String,System.String})">
\r
2450 Deletes a signal-triggered action from an object.
\r
2452 <param name="emission">The signal's "emission" string</param>
\r
2453 <param name="source">The signal's "source" string</param>
\r
2454 <param name="action">The action to be executed when the signal is emitted</param>
\r
2456 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject">
\r
2458 An EdjeTextPartObject is a class dealing with parts of type text.
\r
2461 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject.Name">
\r
2463 Gets the name of the EdjeTextPartObject
\r
2466 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject.Text">
\r
2468 Gets or sets the text for an object part.
\r
2471 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject.TextStyle">
\r
2473 Sets or gets the style of the object part.
\r
2476 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject.Geometry">
\r
2478 Gets the geometry of a given edje part, in a given edje object's group definition, relative to the object's area.
\r
2481 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject.TextBlockNativeSize">
\r
2483 Gets the native width and height.
\r
2486 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EdjeTextPartObject.TextBlockFormattedSize">
\r
2488 Gets the formatted width and height.
\r
2491 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EffectBase">
\r
2493 EffectBase class for the TransitEffect
\r
2496 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EffectBase.EffectEnded">
\r
2498 EffectEneded event will be triggered when be effect ended.
\r
2501 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FocusAutoScrollMode">
\r
2503 Focus Autoscroll Mode
\r
2506 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusAutoScrollMode.Show">
\r
2508 Directly show the focused region or item automatically
\r
2511 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusAutoScrollMode.None">
\r
2513 Do not show the focused region or item automatically
\r
2516 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusAutoScrollMode.BringIn">
\r
2518 Bring in the focused region or item automatically which might invole the scrolling
\r
2521 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Elementary">
\r
2523 The Elementary is a General Elementary,a VERY SIMPLE toolkit.
\r
2526 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.FingerSize">
\r
2528 Gets or sets the configured finger size.
\r
2531 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.IsFocusHighlightAnimation">
\r
2533 Gets or sets the enable status of the focus highlight animation
\r
2536 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.IsMirrored">
\r
2538 Gets or sets the system mirrored mode.
\r
2539 This determines the default mirrored mode of widgets.
\r
2542 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.CanFocusHighlight">
\r
2544 Gets or sets the enable status of the focus highlight.
\r
2547 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.AppBaseScale">
\r
2549 Gets or sets the base scale of the application.
\r
2552 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.Scale">
\r
2554 Gets or sets the global scaling factor.
\r
2557 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.BringInScrollFriction">
\r
2559 Gets or sets the amount of inertia a scroller imposes during region bring animations.
\r
2562 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Elementary.FocusAutoScrollMode">
\r
2564 Gets of sets focus auto scroll mode.
\r
2567 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.Initialize">
\r
2569 Initializes Elementary.
\r
2572 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.Shutdown">
\r
2574 Shuts down Elementary.
\r
2577 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.Run">
\r
2579 Runs Elementary's main loop.
\r
2582 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.AddThemeOverlay(System.String)">
\r
2584 Prepends a theme overlay to the list of overlays
\r
2586 <param name="filePath">The Edje file path to be used.</param>
\r
2588 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.DeleteThemeOverlay(System.String)">
\r
2590 Delete a theme overlay from the list of overlays
\r
2592 <param name="filePath">The name of the theme overlay.</param>
\r
2594 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.FreeTheme">
\r
2599 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.SetTheme(System.String)">
\r
2601 Set the theme search order for the given theme
\r
2603 <param name="theme">Theme search string</param>
\r
2604 <remarks>This sets the search string for the theme in path-notation from first theme to search, to last, delimited by the : character. Example:"shiny:/path/to/file.edj:default"</remarks>
\r
2606 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.FlushTheme">
\r
2608 Flush the current theme.
\r
2611 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.FlushAllThemes">
\r
2613 This flushes all themes (default and specific ones).
\r
2616 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.DeleteThemeExtention(System.String)">
\r
2618 Deletes a theme extension from the list of extensions.
\r
2620 <param name="item">The name of the theme extension.</param>
\r
2622 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.FlushAllCashe">
\r
2625 Frees all data that was in cache and is not currently being used to reduce memory usage. This frees Edje's, Evas' and Eet's cache.
\r
2628 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.SetLanguage(System.String)">
\r
2630 Changes the language of the current application.
\r
2632 <param name="language">The language to set, must be the full name of the locale.</param>
\r
2634 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.SetPolicy(System.UInt32,System.Int32)">
\r
2636 Sets a new policy's value (for a given policy group/identifier).
\r
2638 <param name="policy">The policy identifier</param>
\r
2639 <param name="value">The policy value, which depends on the identifier</param>
\r
2640 <returns></returns>
\r
2642 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Elementary.FlushAllConfig">
\r
2644 Flushes all config settings and then applies those settings to all applications using elementary on the current display.
\r
2647 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ElmScrollConfig">
\r
2649 The ElmScrollConfig is a scrollable views's config
\r
2652 <member name="T:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout">
\r
2654 Enumeration for describing InputPanel layout type.
\r
2657 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Normal">
\r
2659 InputPanel layout type default.
\r
2662 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Number">
\r
2664 InputPanel layout type number.
\r
2667 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Email">
\r
2669 InputPanel layout type email.
\r
2672 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Url">
\r
2674 InputPanel layout type url.
\r
2677 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.PhoneNumber">
\r
2679 InputPanel layout type phone.
\r
2682 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Ip">
\r
2684 InputPanel layout type ip.
\r
2687 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Month">
\r
2689 InputPanel layout type month.
\r
2692 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.NumberOnly">
\r
2694 InputPanel layout type number.
\r
2697 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Invalid">
\r
2699 InputPanel layout type error type. Do not use it directly!
\r
2702 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Hex">
\r
2704 InputPanel layout type hexadecimal.
\r
2707 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Terminal">
\r
2709 InputPanel layout type terminal type, esc, alt, ctrl, etc.
\r
2712 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Password">
\r
2714 InputPanel layout type password.
\r
2717 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.DateTime">
\r
2719 Keyboard layout type date and time.
\r
2722 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout.Emoticon">
\r
2724 InputPanel layout type emoticons.
\r
2727 <member name="T:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType">
\r
2729 Enumeration that defines the "Return" key types on the input panel (virtual keyboard).
\r
2732 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Default">
\r
2737 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Done">
\r
2742 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Go">
\r
2747 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Join">
\r
2752 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Login">
\r
2757 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Next">
\r
2762 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Search">
\r
2764 Search string or magnifier icon key type
\r
2767 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Send">
\r
2772 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType.Signin">
\r
2777 <member name="T:ElmSharp.AutoCapital">
\r
2779 Enumeration that defines the autocapitalization types.
\r
2782 <member name="F:ElmSharp.AutoCapital.None">
\r
2784 No autocapitalization when typing
\r
2787 <member name="F:ElmSharp.AutoCapital.Word">
\r
2789 Autocapitalize each typed word
\r
2792 <member name="F:ElmSharp.AutoCapital.Sentence">
\r
2794 Autocapitalize the start of each sentence
\r
2797 <member name="F:ElmSharp.AutoCapital.All">
\r
2799 Autocapitalize all letters
\r
2802 <!-- "T:ElmSharp.CopyAndPasteMode" 멤버에 대해 잘못된 형식의 XML 주석은 무시됩니다. -->
\r
2803 <!-- "F:ElmSharp.CopyAndPasteMode.Markup" 멤버에 대해 잘못된 형식의 XML 주석은 무시됩니다. -->
\r
2804 <!-- "F:ElmSharp.CopyAndPasteMode.NoImage" 멤버에 대해 잘못된 형식의 XML 주석은 무시됩니다. -->
\r
2805 <!-- "F:ElmSharp.CopyAndPasteMode.PlainText" 멤버에 대해 잘못된 형식의 XML 주석은 무시됩니다. -->
\r
2806 <member name="T:ElmSharp.TextFormat">
\r
2808 Enumeration that defines the text format types.
\r
2811 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TextFormat.Plain">
\r
2816 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TextFormat.Markup">
\r
2821 <member name="T:ElmSharp.InputHints">
\r
2823 Enumeration that defines the types of Input Hints.
\r
2826 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputHints.None">
\r
2831 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputHints.AutoComplete">
\r
2833 suggest word auto completion
\r
2836 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputHints.SensitiveData">
\r
2838 typed text should not be stored.
\r
2841 <member name="T:ElmSharp.InputPanelLanguage">
\r
2843 Enumeration that defines the input panel (virtual keyboard) language modes.
\r
2846 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLanguage.Automatic">
\r
2848 Automatic language mode
\r
2851 <member name="F:ElmSharp.InputPanelLanguage.Alphabet">
\r
2853 Alphabet language mode
\r
2856 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Entry">
\r
2858 The entry is a convenience widget that shows a box in which the user can enter text.
\r
2861 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
2863 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Entry class.
\r
2865 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Entry will be attached as a child.</param>
\r
2867 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Entry.Activated">
\r
2869 Activated will be triggered when the entry in Activated stated.
\r
2872 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Entry.Clicked">
\r
2874 Clicked will be triggered when the entry is clicked.
\r
2877 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Entry.ChangedByUser">
\r
2879 ChangedByUser will be triggered when the entry changed by user.
\r
2882 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Entry.CursorChanged">
\r
2884 CursorChanged will be triggered when the Cursor in the entry is changed.
\r
2887 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsSingleLine">
\r
2889 Sets or gets the entry to the single line mode.
\r
2892 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsPassword">
\r
2894 Sets or gets the entry to the password mode.
\r
2897 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsEditable">
\r
2899 Sets or gets whether the entry is editable.
\r
2902 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsEmpty">
\r
2904 Sets or gets whether the entry is empty.
\r
2907 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.Text">
\r
2909 Sets or gets text currently shown in the object entry.
\r
2912 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.TextStyle">
\r
2914 Sets or gets the style on the top of the user style stack.
\r
2916 <remarks>If there is styles in the user style stack, the properties in the top style of user style stack will replace the properties in current theme. The input style is specified in format tag='property=value' (i.e. DEFAULT='font=Sans font_size=60'hilight=' + font_weight=Bold').</remarks>
\r
2918 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.CursorPosition">
\r
2920 Sets or gets the current position of the cursor in the entry.
\r
2923 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.Scrollable">
\r
2925 Sets or gets the scrollable state of the entry.
\r
2928 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.AutoCapital">
\r
2930 Sets or Gets the autocapitalization type on the immodule.
\r
2933 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsAutoSave">
\r
2935 Sets or Gets the entry object's 'autosave' status.
\r
2938 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.CopyAndPasteMode">
\r
2940 Sets or Gets entry text paste/drop mode.
\r
2943 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.CursorGeometry">
\r
2945 Gets the geometry of the cursor.
\r
2948 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsCursorFormat">
\r
2950 Gets whether a format node exists at the current cursor position.
\r
2953 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.IsCursorVisibelFormat">
\r
2955 Gets if the current cursor position holds a visible format node.
\r
2958 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.InputHint">
\r
2960 Sets or Gets the value of input hint.
\r
2963 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.InputPanelLanguage">
\r
2965 Sets or gets the language mode of the input panel.
\r
2968 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.InputPanelVariation">
\r
2970 Sets or gets the input panel layout variation of the entry.
\r
2973 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.LineWrapType">
\r
2975 Sets or gets the line wrap type to use on multi-line entries.
\r
2978 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.PredictionAllowed">
\r
2980 Sets or gets whether the entry should allow to use the text prediction.
\r
2983 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.InputPanelReturnKeyDisabled">
\r
2985 Sets or gets whether the return key on the input panel should be disabled or not.
\r
2988 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Entry.InputPanelShowByOnDemand">
\r
2990 Sets or gets the attribute to show the input panel in case of only an user's explicit Mouse Up event.
\r
2991 It doesn't request to show the input panel even though it has focus.
\r
2992 If true, the input panel will be shown in case of only Mouse up event. (Focus event will be ignored.)
\r
2995 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetFile(System.String,ElmSharp.TextFormat)">
\r
2997 Sets the file (and implicitly loads it) for the text to display and then edit.
\r
2999 <param name="file">The path to the file to load and save</param>
\r
3000 <param name="textFormat">The file format</param>
\r
3002 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.ConvertMarkupToUtf8(System.String)">
\r
3004 Converts a markup (HTML-like) string into UTF-8.
\r
3006 <param name="markup">The string (in markup) to be converted</param>
\r
3007 <returns>The converted string (in UTF-8) </returns>
\r
3009 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorNext">
\r
3011 Moves the cursor by one position to the right within the entry.
\r
3013 <returns></returns>
\r
3015 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorPrev">
\r
3017 Moves the cursor one place to the left within the entry.
\r
3019 <returns>TRUE on success, otherwise FALSE on failure</returns>
\r
3021 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorUp">
\r
3023 Moves the cursor one line up within the entry.
\r
3025 <returns>TRUE on success, otherwise FALSE on failure</returns>
\r
3027 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorDown">
\r
3029 Moves the cursor one line down within the entry.
\r
3031 <returns>TRUE on success, otherwise FALSE on failure</returns>
\r
3033 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorBegin">
\r
3035 Moves the cursor to the beginning of the entry.
\r
3038 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorEnd">
\r
3040 Moves the cursor to the end of the entry.
\r
3043 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorLineBegin">
\r
3045 Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
\r
3048 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.MoveCursorLineEnd">
\r
3050 Moves the cursor to the end of the current line.
\r
3053 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetInputPanelLayout(ElmSharp.InputPanelLayout)">
\r
3055 Sets the input panel layout of the entry.
\r
3057 <param name="layout">The layout type</param>
\r
3059 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetInputPanelEnabled(System.Boolean)">
\r
3061 Sets the attribute to show the input panel automatically.
\r
3063 <param name="enabled">If true the input panel appears when the entry is clicked or has focus, otherwise false</param>
\r
3065 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetInputPanelReturnKeyType(ElmSharp.InputPanelReturnKeyType)">
\r
3067 Sets the "return" key type. This type is used to set the string or icon on the "return" key of the input panel.
\r
3069 <param name="keyType">The type of "return" key on the input panel</param>
\r
3071 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.HideInputPanel">
\r
3073 Hides the input panel (virtual keyboard).
\r
3076 Note that the input panel is shown or hidden automatically according to the focus state of the entry widget.
\r
3077 This API can be used in case of manually controlling by using SetInputPanelEnabled(false).
\r
3080 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SelectAll">
\r
3082 Selects all the text within the entry.
\r
3085 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SelectNone">
\r
3087 Drops any existing text selection within the entry.
\r
3090 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.ForceCalculation">
\r
3092 Forces calculation of the entry size and text layouting.
\r
3095 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.GetCursorContent">
\r
3097 Gets the string by the cursor at its current position.
\r
3099 <returns></returns>
\r
3101 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.BeginCursorSelection">
\r
3103 Begins a selection within the entry as though the user were holding down the mouse button to make a selection.
\r
3106 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.AppendText(System.String)">
\r
3108 Appends the text of the entry.
\r
3110 <param name="text">The text to be displayed</param>
\r
3112 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.InsertTextToCursor(System.String)">
\r
3114 Inserts the given text into the entry at the current cursor position.
\r
3116 <param name="text"></param>
\r
3118 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.EndCursorSelection">
\r
3120 Ends a selection within the entry as though the user had just released the mouse button while making a selection.
\r
3123 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SaveFile">
\r
3125 Writes any changes made to the file that is set by File.
\r
3128 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.ShowInputPanel">
\r
3130 Show the input panel (virtual keyboard) based on the input panel property of entry such as layout, autocapital types, and so on.
\r
3133 Note that input panel is shown or hidden automatically according to the focus state of entry widget.
\r
3134 This API can be used in the case of manually controlling by using SetInputPanelEnabled(false).
\r
3137 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.AppendItemProvider(System.Func{System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject})">
\r
3139 This appends a custom item provider to the list for that entry.
\r
3141 <param name="func">This function is used to provide items.</param>
\r
3143 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.PrependItemProvider(System.Func{System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject})">
\r
3145 This prepends a custom item provider to the list for that entry.
\r
3147 <param name="func">This function is used to provide items.</param>
\r
3149 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.RemoveItemProvider(System.Func{System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject})">
\r
3151 This removes a custom item provider to the list for that entry.
\r
3153 <param name="func">This function is used to provide items.</param>
\r
3155 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.AppendMarkUpFilter(System.Func{ElmSharp.Entry,System.String,System.String})">
\r
3157 Append a markup filter function for text inserted in the entry.
\r
3159 <param name="filter">This function type is used by entry filters to modify text.</param>
\r
3161 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.PrependMarkUpFilter(System.Func{ElmSharp.Entry,System.String,System.String})">
\r
3163 Prepend a markup filter function for text inserted in the entry.
\r
3165 <param name="filter">This function type is used by entry filters to modify text.</param>
\r
3167 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.RemoveMarkUpFilter(System.Func{ElmSharp.Entry,System.String,System.String})">
\r
3169 Remove a markup filter
\r
3171 <param name="filter">This function type is used by entry filters to modify text.</param>
\r
3173 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.CopySelection">
\r
3175 This executes a "copy" action on the selected text in the entry.
\r
3178 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.CutSelection">
\r
3180 This executes a "cut" action on the selected text in the entry.
\r
3183 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.PasteSelection">
\r
3185 This executes a "paste" action in the entry.
\r
3188 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.DisableSelection(System.Boolean)">
\r
3190 This disabled the entry's selection.
\r
3192 <param name="disable">If true, the selection are disabled.</param>
\r
3194 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.GetSelection">
\r
3196 Get any selected text within the entry.
\r
3198 <returns>Selection's value</returns>
\r
3200 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetSelectionRegion(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
3202 This selects a region of text within the entry.
\r
3204 <param name="start">The starting position.</param>
\r
3205 <param name="end">The end position.</param>
\r
3207 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetIconVisible(System.Boolean)">
\r
3209 Sets the visibility of the left-side widget of the entry
\r
3211 <param name="isDisplay">true if the object should be displayed, false if not.</param>
\r
3213 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Entry.SetInputPanelReturnKeyAutoEnable(System.Boolean)">
\r
3215 Set whether the return key on the input panel is disabled automatically when entry has no text.
\r
3217 <param name="enable">If enabled is true, the return key is automatically disabled when the entry has no text.</param>
\r
3219 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas">
\r
3221 Low level Evas canvas functions. Sub groups will present more high level ones, though.
\r
3222 Most of these functions deal with low level Evas actions, like:
\r
3223 create/destroy raw canvases, not bound to any displaying engine
\r
3224 tell a canvas i got focused(in a windowing context, for example)
\r
3225 tell a canvas a region should not be calculated anymore in rendering
\r
3226 tell a canvas to render its contents, immediately
\r
3227 Most users will be using Evas by means of the Ecore_Evas wrapper, which deals with all the above mentioned issues automatically for them.Thus, you'll be looking at this section only if you're building low level stuff.
\r
3228 The groups within present you functions that deal with the canvas directly, too, and not yet with its objects.They are the functions you need to use at a minimum to get a working canvas.
\r
3231 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.Pointer">
\r
3233 Gets the current known default pointer coordinates.
\r
3234 This function returns the current known canvas unit coordinates of the mouse pointer.
\r
3237 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.ImageCacheSize">
\r
3239 Gets or sets the image cache.
\r
3240 This function returns the image cache size of canvas in bytes.
\r
3243 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.FlushImageCache">
\r
3245 Flush the image cache of the canvas.
\r
3248 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.AddDamageRectangle(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
3250 Add a damage rectangle.
\r
3252 <param name="x">The rectangle's top left corner's horizontal coordinate.</param>
\r
3253 <param name="y">The rectangle's top left corner's vertical coordinate.</param>
\r
3254 <param name="width">The rectangle's width.</param>
\r
3255 <param name="height">The rectangle's height.</param>
\r
3257 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.AddObscuredRectangle(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
3259 Add an "obscured region" to an Evas canvas.
\r
3261 <param name="x">The rectangle's top left corner's horizontal coordinate.</param>
\r
3262 <param name="y">The rectangle's top left corner's vertical coordinate.</param>
\r
3263 <param name="width">The rectangle's width.</param>
\r
3264 <param name="height">The rectangle's height.</param>
\r
3266 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.ClearObscuredRectangle">
\r
3268 Remove all "obscured regions" from an Evas canvas.
\r
3271 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.AddEventAction(ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType,System.Action)">
\r
3273 Adds or registers a event to a given canvas event.
\r
3275 <param name="type">The type of event that triggers</param>
\r
3276 <param name="action">The action to be called when the event is triggered</param>
\r
3278 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasCanvas.DeleteEventAction(ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType,System.Action)">
\r
3280 Deletes a event to a given canvas event.
\r
3282 <param name="type">The type of event that triggers</param>
\r
3283 <param name="action">The action to be called when the event is triggered</param>
\r
3285 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs">
\r
3287 The EvasKeyEventArgs is an EvasKey EventArgs
\r
3290 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.PlatformBackButtonName">
\r
3292 BackButton name in Platform
\r
3295 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.PlatformMenuButtonName">
\r
3297 MenuButton name in Platform
\r
3300 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.PlatformHomeButtonName">
\r
3302 HomeButton name in Platform
\r
3305 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.KeyName">
\r
3307 Gets the name of Key
\r
3310 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.Create(System.IntPtr,System.IntPtr,System.IntPtr)">
\r
3312 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasKeyEventArgs class.
\r
3314 <param name="data">data info</param>
\r
3315 <param name="obj"> object </param>
\r
3316 <param name="info">information </param>
\r
3317 <returns>EvasKey eventArgs</returns>
\r
3319 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown">
\r
3321 Event structure for Key Down event callbacks.
\r
3324 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.keyname">
\r
3326 Name string of the key pressed
\r
3329 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.data">
\r
3331 Data to be passed to the event
\r
3334 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.modifiers">
\r
3336 Modifier keys pressed during the event
\r
3339 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.locks">
\r
3344 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.key">
\r
3346 Logical key: (example, shift+1 == exclamation)
\r
3349 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.str">
\r
3351 UTF8 string if this keystroke has produced a visible string to be ADDED
\r
3354 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.compose">
\r
3356 UTF8 string if this keystroke has modified a string in the middle of being composed - this string replaces the previous one
\r
3359 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.event_flags">
\r
3364 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.dev">
\r
3369 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasKeyEventArgs.EvasEventKeyDown.keycode">
\r
3374 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasEventFlag">
\r
3379 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasEventFlag.None">
\r
3381 No fancy flags set
\r
3384 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasEventFlag.OnHold">
\r
3386 This event is being delivered but should be put "on hold" until the on hold flag is unset. the event should be used for informational purposes and maybe some indications visually, but not actually perform anything
\r
3389 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasMap">
\r
3391 The EvasMap is an opaque handle to map points.
\r
3394 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.#ctor(System.Int32)">
\r
3396 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasMap class.
\r
3398 <param name="count">The number of points in the map</param>
\r
3400 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasMap.IsMoveSync">
\r
3402 Gets or sets the flag of the object move synchronization for map rendering.
\r
3405 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.PopulatePoints(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
3407 Populates source and destination map points to exactly match the object.
\r
3409 <param name="obj">The object to use unmapped geometry to populate map coordinates</param>
\r
3411 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.PopulatePoints(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Int32)">
\r
3413 Populates source and destination map points to exactly match the object.
\r
3415 <param name="obj">The object to use unmapped geometry to populate map coordinates</param>
\r
3417 The point Z coordinate hint (pre-perspective transform)This value is used for all four points.
\r
3420 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.PopulatePoints(ElmSharp.Rect,System.Int32)">
\r
3422 Populates the source and destination map points to match the given geometry.
\r
3424 <param name="geometry">The geometry value contains X coordinate,Y coordinate,the width and height to use to calculate second and third points</param>
\r
3425 <param name="z">The Z coordinate hint (pre-perspective transform) This value is used for all four points.</param>
\r
3427 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.Rotate(System.Double,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
3431 <param name="degrees">The abount of degrees from 0.0 to 360.0 to rotate</param>
\r
3432 <param name="cx">rotation's center horizontal position.</param>
\r
3433 <param name="cy">rotation's center vertical position.</param>
\r
3435 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.Rotate3D(System.Double,System.Double,System.Double,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
3437 Rotates the map around 3 axes in 3D.
\r
3439 <param name="dx">The amount of degrees from 0.0 to 360.0 to rotate around X axis</param>
\r
3440 <param name="dy">The amount of degrees from 0.0 to 360.0 to rotate around Y axis</param>
\r
3441 <param name="dz">The amount of degrees from 0.0 to 360.0 to rotate around Z axis</param>
\r
3442 <param name="cx">The rotation's center horizontal position</param>
\r
3443 <param name="cy">The rotation's center vertical position</param>
\r
3444 <param name="cz">The rotation's center depth position</param>
\r
3446 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.SetPointCoordinate(System.Int32,ElmSharp.Point3D)">
\r
3448 Changes the map point's coordinate.
\r
3450 <param name="idx">The index of point to change ,this must be smaller than map size.</param>
\r
3451 <param name="point">3D Point coordinate</param>
\r
3453 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.GetPointCoordinate(System.Int32)">
\r
3455 Gets the map point's coordinate.
\r
3457 <param name="idx">The index of point to change ,this must be smaller than map size.</param>
\r
3458 <returns>The coordinates of the given point in the map.</returns>
\r
3460 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasMap.Zoom(System.Double,System.Double,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
3462 Changes the map to apply the given zooming.
\r
3464 <param name="x">The horizontal zoom to use</param>
\r
3465 <param name="y">The vertical zoom to use</param>
\r
3466 <param name="cx">The zooming center horizontal position</param>
\r
3467 <param name="cy">The zooming center vertical position</param>
\r
3469 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject">
\r
3471 The EcasObject is a base class for other widget class
\r
3474 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
3476 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasObject class with parent EvasObject class parameter.
\r
3478 <param name="parent">Parent EvasObject class </param>
\r
3480 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.#ctor">
\r
3482 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasObject class.
\r
3485 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Deleted">
\r
3487 Deleted will be triggered when widght is deleted
\r
3490 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.KeyUp">
\r
3492 KeyUp will be triggered when key is loose
\r
3495 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.KeyDown">
\r
3497 KeyDown will be triggered when key is preesd down
\r
3500 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.BackButtonPressed">
\r
3502 BackButtonPressed will be triggered when Back button is pressed
\r
3505 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.MoreButtonPressed">
\r
3507 MoreButtonPressed will be triggered when More button is pressed
\r
3510 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Moved">
\r
3512 Moved will be triggered when widght is moved
\r
3515 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Resized">
\r
3517 Current widget's size Resized Event Handler
\r
3520 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObject.RenderPost">
\r
3522 Current widget RenderPost Event Handler
\r
3525 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject.GetTooltipContentDelegate">
\r
3527 Called back when a widget's tooltip is activated and needs content.
\r
3529 <returns></returns>
\r
3531 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.IsRealized">
\r
3533 Get widget's status of Realized or not.
\r
3536 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.EvasCanvas">
\r
3541 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.ClassName">
\r
3543 Gets the current class's Name.
\r
3546 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.WeightX">
\r
3548 Sets or gets the horizontal pointer hints for an object's weight.
\r
3551 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.WeightY">
\r
3553 Sets or gets the vertical pointer hints for an object's weight.
\r
3556 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.AlignmentX">
\r
3558 Sets or gets the horizontal alignment hint of an object's alignment.
\r
3561 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.AlignmentY">
\r
3563 Sets or gets the vertical alignment hint of an object's alignment.
\r
3566 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.MinimumWidth">
\r
3568 Sets or gets the Width hints for an object's minimum size.
\r
3571 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.MinimumHeight">
\r
3573 Sets or gets the Height hints for an object's minimum size.
\r
3576 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.IsVisible">
\r
3578 Gets the visible state of the given Evas object.
\r
3581 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Geometry">
\r
3583 Sets or gets the position and (rectangular) size of the given Evas object.
\r
3586 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Color">
\r
3588 Sets or gets the general or main color of the given Evas object.
\r
3591 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.IsMapEnabled">
\r
3593 Sets or gets the map enabled state.
\r
3596 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.EvasMap">
\r
3598 Sets or gets current object transformation map.
\r
3601 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.RepeatEvents">
\r
3603 Sets or gets whether an object is to repeat events.
\r
3606 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.PropagateEvents">
\r
3608 Sets or gets whether events on a smart object's member should get propagated up to its parent.
\r
3611 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.PassEvents">
\r
3613 Sets or gets whether an object is set to pass (ignore) events.
\r
3616 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.TooltipStyle">
\r
3618 Sets or Gets style for this object tooltip.
\r
3621 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.TooltipOrientation">
\r
3623 Sets or gets the orientation of Tooltip.
\r
3626 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.TooltipWindowMode">
\r
3628 Sets or gets size restriction state of an object's tooltip.
\r
3631 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.TooltipContentDelegate">
\r
3633 Sets the content to be shown in the tooltip object.
\r
3636 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.TooltipMoveFreezeCount">
\r
3638 Gets the movement freeze by 1
\r
3639 This gets the movement freeze count by one.
\r
3642 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.AllEventsFrozen">
\r
3644 Sets or gets whether an Evas object is to freeze (discard) events.
\r
3647 <member name="P:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Layer">
\r
3649 Sets or gets the layer of its canvas that the given object will be part of.
\r
3652 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.SetClip(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
3654 Clips one object to another.
\r
3656 <param name="clip">The object to clip object by</param>
\r
3658 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.SetAlignment(System.Double,System.Double)">
\r
3660 Sets the hints for an object's alignment.
\r
3662 <param name="x">The horizontal alignment hint as double value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0,The default alignment hint value is 0.5 </param>
\r
3663 <param name="y">The vertical alignment hint as double value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0,The default alignment hint value is 0.5 </param>
\r
3665 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.SetWeight(System.Double,System.Double)">
\r
3667 Sets the hints for an object's weight.
\r
3669 <param name="x">The non-negative double value to use as horizontal weight hint</param>
\r
3670 <param name="y">The non-negative double value to use as vertical weight hint</param>
\r
3672 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.SetTooltipText(System.String)">
\r
3674 Sets the text for an object's tooltip.
\r
3676 <param name="text">The text value to display inside the tooltip</param>
\r
3678 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.UnsetTooltip">
\r
3680 Unsets an object's tooltip.
\r
3683 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.PushTooltipMoveFreeze">
\r
3685 This increments the tooltip movement freeze count by one.
\r
3686 If the count is more than 0, the tooltip position will be fixed.
\r
3689 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.PopTooltipMoveFreeze">
\r
3691 This decrements the tooltip freeze count by one.
\r
3694 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.HideTooltip">
\r
3696 Force hide tooltip of object.
\r
3699 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.ShowTooltip">
\r
3701 Force show tooltip of object.
\r
3704 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Show">
\r
3706 Makes the current object visible.
\r
3709 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Hide">
\r
3711 Makes the current object invisible.
\r
3714 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Resize(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
3716 Changes the size of the current object.
\r
3718 <param name="w">The new width</param>
\r
3719 <param name="h">The new height</param>
\r
3721 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Move(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
3723 Moves the current object to the given location.
\r
3725 <param name="x">The X position to move the object to.</param>
\r
3726 <param name="y">The Y position to move the object to.</param>
\r
3728 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Lower">
\r
3730 Lowers obj to the bottom of its layer.
\r
3733 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.op_Implicit(ElmSharp.EvasObject)~System.IntPtr">
\r
3735 Define IntPtr operator
\r
3737 <param name="obj">Parent object</param>
\r
3739 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.KeyGrab(System.String,System.Boolean)">
\r
3741 Requests keyname key events be directed to current obj.
\r
3743 <param name="keyname">The key to request events for</param>
\r
3744 <param name="exclusive">Set TRUE to request that the obj is the only object receiving the keyname events,otherwise set FALSE</param>
\r
3745 <returns>If the call succeeded is true,otherwise is false</returns>
\r
3747 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.KeyUngrab(System.String)">
\r
3749 Removes the grab on keyname key events.
\r
3751 <param name="keyname">The key the grab is set for</param>
\r
3753 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.MarkChanged">
\r
3755 Mark smart object as changed.
\r
3758 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Calculate">
\r
3760 Call the calculate smart function immediately.
\r
3761 This will force immediate calculations needed for renderization of this object.
\r
3764 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.SetSizeHintAspect(ElmSharp.AspectControl,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
3766 Sets the hints for an object's aspect ratio.
\r
3768 <param name="aspect">The policy or type of aspect ratio to apply to object</param>
\r
3769 <param name="w">The integer to use as aspect width ratio term</param>
\r
3770 <param name="h">The integer to use as aspect height ratio term</param>
\r
3772 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.GetSizeHintAspect(ElmSharp.AspectControl@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
\r
3774 Gets the hints for an object's aspect ratio.
\r
3776 <param name="aspect">The policy or type of aspect ratio to apply to object</param>
\r
3777 <param name="w">The integer to use as aspect width ratio term</param>
\r
3778 <param name="h">The integer to use as aspect height ratio term</param>
\r
3780 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.StackBelow(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
3782 Stack immediately below anchor.
\r
3784 <param name="anchor">The object below which to stack.</param>
\r
3786 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.StackAbove(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
3788 Stack immediately above anchor.
\r
3790 <param name="anchor">The object above which to stack.</param>
\r
3792 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.RaiseTop">
\r
3794 Raise to the top of its layer.
\r
3797 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.GetTextBlockGeometryByLineNumber(System.Int32,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
\r
3799 Get the geometry of a line number.
\r
3801 <param name="lineNumber">the line number.</param>
\r
3802 <param name="x">x coord of the line.</param>
\r
3803 <param name="y">y coord of the line.</param>
\r
3804 <param name="w">w coord of the line.</param>
\r
3805 <param name="h">h coord of the line.</param>
\r
3806 <returns></returns>
\r
3808 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.OnInvalidate">
\r
3810 The callback of Invalidate Event
\r
3813 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.OnInstantiated">
\r
3815 The callback of Instantiated Event
\r
3818 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.OnRealized">
\r
3820 The callback of Realized Event
\r
3823 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.OnUnrealize">
\r
3825 The callback of Unrealize Event
\r
3828 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.CreateHandle(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
3830 Creates a widget handle.
\r
3832 <param name="parent">Parent EvasObject</param>
\r
3833 <returns>Handle IntPtr</returns>
\r
3835 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Realize(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
3837 For this object bind Parent object.Init handle and all kinds of EvasObjectEvent.
\r
3839 <param name="parent">Parent object</param>
\r
3841 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Unrealize">
\r
3843 Removes current object relationship with others.
\r
3846 <member name="T:ElmSharp.IInvalidatable">
\r
3848 IInvalidatable is a interface which can be overrided by its children class.
\r
3849 Inherits IDisposable
\r
3852 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType">
\r
3854 Enumeration for EvasObjectCallbackType
\r
3857 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MouseIn">
\r
3859 Mouse In Event CallbackType.
\r
3862 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MouseOut">
\r
3864 Mouse Out Event CallbackType
\r
3867 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MouseDown">
\r
3869 Mouse Button Down Event CallbackType
\r
3872 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MouseUp">
\r
3874 Mouse Button Up Event CallbackType
\r
3877 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MouseMove">
\r
3879 Mouse Move Event CallbackType
\r
3882 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MouseWheel">
\r
3884 Mouse Wheel Event CallbackType
\r
3887 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MultiDown">
\r
3889 Multi-touch Down Event CallbackType
\r
3892 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MultiUp">
\r
3894 Multi-touch Up Event CallbackType
\r
3897 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.MultiMove">
\r
3899 Multi-touch Move Event CallbackType
\r
3902 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Free">
\r
3904 Object Being Freed (Called after Del)
\r
3907 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.KeyDown">
\r
3909 Key Press Event CallbackType
\r
3912 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.KeyUp">
\r
3914 Key Release Event CallbackType
\r
3917 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.FocusIn">
\r
3919 Focus In Event CallbackType
\r
3922 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.FocusOut">
\r
3924 Focus Out Event CallbackType
\r
3927 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Show">
\r
3929 Show Event CallbackType
\r
3932 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Hide">
\r
3934 Hide Event CallbackType
\r
3937 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Move">
\r
3939 Move Event CallbackType
\r
3942 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Resize">
\r
3944 Resize Event CallbackType
\r
3947 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Restack">
\r
3949 Restack Event CallbackType
\r
3952 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Del">
\r
3954 Object Being Deleted (called before Free)
\r
3957 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.Hold">
\r
3959 Hold Event CallbackType, Informational purpose event to indicate something
\r
3962 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.ChangedSizeHints">
\r
3964 Size hints changed Event CallbackType
\r
3967 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.ImagePreloaded">
\r
3969 Image has been preloaded
\r
3972 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.CanvasFocusIn">
\r
3974 Canvas got focus as a whole
\r
3977 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.CanvasFocusOut">
\r
3979 Canvas lost focus as a whole
\r
3982 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.RenderFlushPre">
\r
3984 Called just before rendering is updated on the canvas target
\r
3987 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.RenderFlushPost">
\r
3989 Called just after rendering is updated on the canvas target
\r
3992 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.CanvasObjectFocusIn">
\r
3994 Canvas object got focus
\r
3997 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.CanvasObjectFocusOut">
\r
3999 Canvas object lost focus
\r
4002 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.ImageUnloaded">
\r
4004 Image data has been unloaded (by some mechanism in Evas that throw out original image data)
\r
4007 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.RenderPre">
\r
4009 Called just before rendering starts on the canvas target
\r
4012 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.RenderPost">
\r
4014 Called just after rendering stops on the canvas target
\r
4017 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.ImageResize">
\r
4019 Image size is changed
\r
4022 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.DeviceChanged">
\r
4024 Devices added, removed or changed on canvas
\r
4027 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.AxisUpdate">
\r
4032 <member name="F:ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType.CanvasViewportResize">
\r
4034 Canvas Viewport size is changed
\r
4037 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1">
\r
4039 Event class for EvasObject
\r
4041 <typeparam name="TEventArgs">Kinds of EventArgs</typeparam>
\r
4043 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1.SmartEventInfoParser">
\r
4045 SmartEventInfoParser delegate of EvasObjectEvent class
\r
4047 <param name="data">data</param>
\r
4048 <param name="obj">obj</param>
\r
4049 <param name="info">info</param>
\r
4050 <returns> delegate handle</returns>
\r
4052 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType,ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent{`0}.SmartEventInfoParser)">
\r
4054 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasObjectEvent.
\r
4056 <param name="sender">EvasObject class belong to</param>
\r
4057 <param name="type">EvasObjectCallbackType</param>
\r
4058 <param name="parser">SmartEventInfoParser</param>
\r
4060 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType)">
\r
4062 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasObjectEvent.
\r
4064 <param name="sender">EvasObject class belong with</param>
\r
4065 <param name="type">SmartEventInfoParser</param>
\r
4067 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1.On">
\r
4069 On Event Handler of EvasObjectEvent
\r
4072 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1.Dispose">
\r
4074 Destroy Current Obj
\r
4077 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent`1.MakeInvalidate">
\r
4079 Make current instance invalidate
\r
4082 <member name="T:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent">
\r
4084 Event class for EvasObject
\r
4087 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObjectCallbackType)">
\r
4089 Creates and initializes a new instance of the EvasObjectEvent.
\r
4091 <param name="sender">EvasObject class belong to</param>
\r
4092 <param name="type">EvasObjectCallbackType</param>
\r
4094 <member name="E:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent.On">
\r
4096 On Event Handler of EvasObjectEvent
\r
4099 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent.Dispose">
\r
4101 Destroy Current Obj
\r
4104 <member name="M:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent.MakeInvalidate">
\r
4106 Make current instance invalidate
\r
4109 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FlipSelector">
\r
4111 A flip selector is a widget to show a set of text items,one at a time.with the same sheet switching style as the clock widget, when one changes the current displaying sheet.
\r
4114 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
4116 Creates and initializes a new instance of the FlipSelector.
\r
4118 <param name="parent">Parent EvasObject </param>
\r
4120 <member name="E:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Selected">
\r
4122 Selected will be triggered when be Selected
\r
4125 <member name="E:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Overflowed">
\r
4127 Overflowed will be triggered when Overflowed
\r
4130 <member name="E:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Underflowed">
\r
4132 Underflowed will be triggered when be Underflowed
\r
4135 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Interval">
\r
4137 Sets or gets the interval on time updates for an user mouse button hold on a flip selector widget.
\r
4140 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.SelectedItem">
\r
4142 Gets the currently selected item in a flip selector widget.
\r
4145 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.FirstItem">
\r
4147 Gets the first item in the given flip selector widget's list of items.
\r
4150 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.LastItem">
\r
4152 Gets the last item in the given flip selector widget's list of items.
\r
4155 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Append(System.String)">
\r
4157 Appends a (text) item to a flip selector widget.
\r
4159 <param name="text">text value</param>
\r
4161 A handle to the item added or NULL, on errors
\r
4164 The widget's list of labels to show will be appended with the given value. If the user wishes so, a callback function pointer can be passed, which will get called when this same item is selected.
\r
4167 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Prepend(System.String)">
\r
4169 Prepend a (text) item to a flip selector widget.
\r
4171 <param name="text">Prepend text</param>
\r
4172 <returns>A handle to the item added or NULL, on errors</returns>
\r
4174 The widget's list of labels to show will be prepended with the given value. If the user wishes so, a callback function pointer can be passed, which will get called when this same item is selected.
\r
4177 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Remove(ElmSharp.FlipSelectorItem)">
\r
4179 To remove the given item.
\r
4181 <param name="item">FlipSelector's item</param>
\r
4183 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Next">
\r
4185 Programmatically select the next item of a flip selector widget.
\r
4188 The selection will be animated. Also, if it reaches the beginning of its list of member items, it will continue with the last one backwards.
\r
4191 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelector.Prev">
\r
4193 Programmatically select the previous item of a flip selector widget.
\r
4196 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FlipSelectorItem">
\r
4198 Iterm class of FlipSelector
\r
4201 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipSelectorItem.Text">
\r
4203 Sets or gets the Text of FlipSelectorItem
\r
4206 <member name="E:ElmSharp.FlipSelectorItem.Selected">
\r
4208 Selected will be triggered when Selected
\r
4211 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipSelectorItem.#ctor(System.String)">
\r
4213 Creates and initializes a new instance of the FlipSelectorItem.
\r
4215 <param name="text">FlipSelectorItem's text</param>
\r
4217 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FloatingButton">
\r
4219 The FloatingButton is a widget that to add floating area for buttons.
\r
4222 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FloatingButton.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
4224 Creates and initializes a new instance of the FloatingButton class.
\r
4226 <param name="parent">Created on this parent container..</param>
\r
4228 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FloatingButton.Mode">
\r
4230 Sets or gets floatingbutton mode.
\r
4233 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FloatingButton.Position">
\r
4235 Gets floatingbutton Position.
\r
4238 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FloatingButton.MovementBlock">
\r
4240 Sets or gets movability for a given floatingbutton widget.
\r
4243 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FloatingButton.Opacity">
\r
4245 Get Opacity's value of the given FloatingButton.
\r
4248 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FloatingButton.SetPosition(ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition,System.Boolean)">
\r
4250 Set the floatingbutton position with animation or not.
\r
4252 <param name="position">Button position</param>
\r
4253 <param name="animated">Animat flag</param>
\r
4255 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonMode">
\r
4257 Enumeration for FloatingButtonMode
\r
4260 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonMode.All">
\r
4262 Allows all positions
\r
4265 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonMode.LeftRightOnly">
\r
4267 Allows LEFT and RIGHT positions only
\r
4270 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition">
\r
4272 Enumeration for FloatingButtonPosition
\r
4275 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition.LeftOut">
\r
4277 Hides in the left, but small handler will show only
\r
4280 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition.Left">
\r
4282 Shows all of buttons, but lies on the left
\r
4285 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition.Center">
\r
4287 Shows all of buttons, but lies on the center
\r
4290 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition.Right">
\r
4292 Shows all of buttons, but lies on the right
\r
4295 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FloatingButtonPosition.RightOut">
\r
4297 Hides in the right, but small handler will show only
\r
4300 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItemEventArgs">
\r
4302 It inherits System.EventArgs.
\r
4303 It contains Item which is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/> type.
\r
4304 All events of GenGrid contain GenGridItemEventArgs as a parameter.
\r
4307 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItemEventArgs.Item">
\r
4309 Gets or sets GenGrid item.The return type is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/>.
\r
4312 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenGrid">
\r
4314 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Layout"/>.
\r
4315 The GenGrid is a widget that aims to position objects in a grid layout while actually creating and rendering only the visible ones.
\r
4316 It has two direction in which a given GenGrid widget expands while placing its items, horizontal and vertical.
\r
4317 The GenGrid items are represented through <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/> definition field details.
\r
4320 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
4322 Creates and initializes a new instance of the GenGrid class.
\r
4324 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by GenGrid as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
4326 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemSelected">
\r
4328 ItemSelected is raised when a new gengrid item is selected.
\r
4331 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemUnselected">
\r
4333 ItemUnselected is raised when the gengrid item is Unselected.
\r
4336 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemPressed">
\r
4338 ItemPressed is raised when a new gengrid item is pressed.
\r
4341 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemReleased">
\r
4343 ItemReleased is raised when a new gengrid item is released.
\r
4346 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemActivated">
\r
4348 ItemActivated is raised when a new gengrid item is double clicked or pressed (enter|return|spacebar).
\r
4351 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemDoubleClicked">
\r
4353 ItemDoubleClicked is raised when a new gengrid item is double clicked.
\r
4356 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemRealized">
\r
4358 ItemRealized is raised when a gengrid item is implementing through <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/>.
\r
4361 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemUnrealized">
\r
4363 ItemUnrealized is raised when the gengrid item is deleted.
\r
4366 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemLongPressed">
\r
4368 ItemLongPressed is raised when a gengrid item is pressed for a certain amount of time. By default it's 1 second.
\r
4371 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenGrid.Changed">
\r
4373 Changed is raised when an item is added, removed, resized or moved and when the gengrid is resized or gets "horizontal" property changes.
\r
4376 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemAlignmentX">
\r
4378 Gets or sets the item's grid alignment along x-axis within a given gengrid widget.
\r
4379 Accepted values are in the 0.0 to 1.0 range, with the special value -1.0 used to specify "justify" or "fill" by some users.
\r
4380 By default, value is 0.0, meaning that the gengrid has its items grid placed exactly in the left along x-axis.
\r
4383 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemAlignmentY">
\r
4385 Gets or sets the item's grid alignment on y-axis within a given gengrid widget.
\r
4386 Accepted values are in the 0.0 to 1.0 range, with the special value -1.0 used to specify "justify" or "fill" by some users.
\r
4387 By default, value is 0.0, meaning that the gengrid has its items grid placed exactly in the top along y-axis.
\r
4390 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.FillItems">
\r
4392 Gets or sets the manner in which the items grid is filled within a given gengrid widget.
\r
4393 It is filled if true, otherwise false.
\r
4396 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.MultipleSelection">
\r
4398 Gets or sets whether multi-selection is enabled or disabled for a given gengrid widget.
\r
4401 Multi-selection is the ability to have more than one item selected, on a given gengrid, simultaneously.
\r
4402 When it is enabled, a sequence of clicks on different items makes them all selected, progressively.
\r
4403 A click on an already selected item unselects it. If interacting via the keyboard, multi-selection is enabled while holding the "Shift" key.
\r
4404 By default, multi-selection is disabled.
\r
4407 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemWidth">
\r
4409 Gets or sets the width for the items of a given gengrid widget.
\r
4412 A gengrid, after creation, still has no information on the size to give to each of its cells.
\r
4413 The default width and height just have one finger wide.
\r
4414 Use this property to force a custom width for your items, making them as big as you wish.
\r
4417 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemHeight">
\r
4419 Gets or sets the height for the items of a given gengrid widget.
\r
4422 A gengrid, after creation, still has no information on the size to give to each of its cells.
\r
4423 The default width and height just have one finger wide.
\r
4424 Use this property to force a custom height for your items, making them as big as you wish.
\r
4427 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.SelectionMode">
\r
4429 Gets or sets the gengrid select mode by <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode"/>.
\r
4432 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.IsHorizontal">
\r
4434 Gets or sets the direction for which a given gengrid widget expands while placing its items.
\r
4437 If true, items are placed in columns from top to bottom and when the space for a column is filled, another one is started on the right, thus expanding the grid horizontally.
\r
4438 If false, items are placed in rows from left to right, and when the space for a row is filled, another one is started below, thus expanding the grid vertically.
\r
4441 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.IsHighlight">
\r
4443 Gets or sets whether the gengrid items should be highlighted when an item is selected.
\r
4446 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.HorizontalScrollBarVisiblePolicy">
\r
4448 Sets or gets the value of HorizontalScrollBarVisiblePolicy
\r
4451 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Auto means the horizontal scrollbar is made visible if it is needed, and otherwise kept hidden.
\r
4452 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Visible turns it on all the time, and ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Invisible always keeps it off.
\r
4455 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.VerticalScrollBarVisiblePolicy">
\r
4457 Sets or gets the value of VerticalScrollBarVisiblePolicy
\r
4460 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Auto means the vertical scrollbar is made visible if it is needed, and otherwise kept hidden.
\r
4461 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Visible turns it on all the time, and ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Invisible always keeps it off.
\r
4464 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.FirstItem">
\r
4466 Gets the first item in a given gengrid widget.
\r
4469 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.LastItem">
\r
4471 Gets the last item in a given gengrid widget.
\r
4474 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ItemCount">
\r
4476 Gets the items count in a given gengrid widget.
\r
4479 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.SelectedItem">
\r
4481 Gets the selected item in a given gengrid widget.
\r
4484 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ReorderMode">
\r
4486 Gets or sets whether a given gengrid widget is or not able have items reordered.
\r
4489 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.Append(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)">
\r
4491 Appends a new item to a given gengrid widget. This adds an item to the end of the gengrid.
\r
4493 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
4494 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
4495 <returns>Return a gengrid item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
4496 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/>
\r
4497 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/>
\r
4499 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.Prepend(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)">
\r
4501 Prepends a new item to a given gengrid widget. This adds an item to the beginning of the gengrid.
\r
4503 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
4504 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
4505 <returns>Return a gengrid item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
4506 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/>
\r
4507 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/>
\r
4509 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenGridItem)">
\r
4511 Inserts an item before another in a gengrid widget. This inserts an item before another in the gengrid.
\r
4513 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
4514 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
4515 <param name="before">The item before which to place this new one.</param>
\r
4516 <returns>Return a gengrid item that contains data and itemClass./></returns>
\r
4517 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/>
\r
4518 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/>
\r
4520 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenGridItem)">
\r
4522 Inserts an item before another in a gengrid widget. This inserts an item after another in the gengrid.
\r
4524 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
4525 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
4526 <param name="after">The item after which to place this new one.</param>
\r
4527 <returns>Return a gengrid item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
4528 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/>
\r
4529 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/>
\r
4531 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.InsertSorted(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,System.Comparison{System.Object})">
\r
4533 Insert an item in a gengrid widget using a user-defined sort function.
\r
4535 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
4536 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
4537 <param name="comparison">User defined comparison function that defines the sort order based on gengrid item and its data.</param>
\r
4538 <returns>Return a gengrid item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
4540 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.ScrollTo(ElmSharp.GenGridItem,ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition,System.Boolean)">
\r
4542 Shows a given item to the visible area of a gengrid.
\r
4544 <param name="item">The gengrid item to display.</param>
\r
4545 <param name="position">The position of the item in the viewport.</param>
\r
4546 <param name="animated">The type of how to show the item.</param>
\r
4548 If animated is true, the gengrid shows item by scrolling if it's not fully visible.
\r
4549 If animated is false, the gengrid shows item by jumping if it's not fully visible.
\r
4551 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition"/>
\r
4553 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.UpdateRealizedItems">
\r
4555 Updates the contents of all the realized items.
\r
4556 This updates all realized items by calling all the <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/> again to get the content, text, and states.
\r
4557 Use this when the original item data has changed and the changes are desired to reflect.
\r
4560 <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenItem.Update"/> to update just one item.
\r
4563 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.Clear">
\r
4565 Removes all items from a given gengrid widget.
\r
4566 This removes(and deletes) all items in obj, making it empty.
\r
4569 <see cref="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Delete"/> to delete just one item.
\r
4572 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.GetItemByPosition(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
\r
4574 Get the item that is at the x, y canvas coords.
\r
4576 <param name="x">The input x coordinate</param>
\r
4577 <param name="y">The input y coordinate</param>
\r
4578 <param name="portionX">The position relative to the item returned here.
\r
4579 -1, 0 or 1, depending if the coordinate is on the left portion of that item(-1), on the middle section(0) or on the right part(1).
\r
4581 <param name="portionY">The position relative to the item returned here
\r
4582 -1, 0 or 1, depending if the coordinate is on the upper portion of that item (-1), on the middle section (0) or on the lower part (1).
\r
4584 <returns></returns>
\r
4586 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem">
\r
4588 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItem"/>.
\r
4589 A instance to the gengrid item added.
\r
4590 It contains Update() method to update a gengrid item which is given.
\r
4593 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.IsSelected">
\r
4595 Gets or sets whether a given gengrid item is selected.
\r
4596 If one gengrid item is selected, any other previously selected items get unselected in favor of this new one.
\r
4599 If true, it is selected.
\r
4600 If false, it is unselected.
\r
4603 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.TooltipStyle">
\r
4605 Gets or sets the style of given gengrid item's tooltip.
\r
4608 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.Row">
\r
4610 Gets or sets gengrid item's row position, relative to the whole gengrid's grid area.
\r
4613 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.Column">
\r
4615 Gets or sets gengrid item's column position, relative to the whole gengrid's grid area.
\r
4618 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.Update">
\r
4620 Updates the content of a given gengrid item.
\r
4621 This updates an item by calling all the genitem class functions again to get the content, text, and states.
\r
4622 Use this when the original item data has changed and you want the changes to reflect.
\r
4625 <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.UpdateRealizedItems"/> to update the contents of all the realized items.
\r
4628 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode">
\r
4630 Enumeration for select mode of GenItem.
\r
4633 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode.Default">
\r
4635 Default select mode.
\r
4638 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode.Always">
\r
4640 Always select mode.
\r
4643 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode.None">
\r
4648 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode.DisplayOnly">
\r
4650 No select mode with no finger size rule.
\r
4653 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItem">
\r
4655 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ItemObject"/>.
\r
4656 A base class for <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGridItem"/> and <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItem"/>.
\r
4657 It contains genitem class and data to display data.
\r
4660 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItem.GetTooltipContentDelegate">
\r
4662 The delegate returning the tooltip contents.
\r
4665 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItem.ItemClass">
\r
4667 Gets the item class that defines how to display data. It returns <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/> type.
\r
4670 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItem.SelectionMode">
\r
4672 It's a abstract property.
\r
4675 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItem.Data">
\r
4677 Gets item data that is added through calling <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.Append(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)"/>, <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.Prepend(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)"/> or <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenGrid.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenGridItem)"/> methods.
\r
4680 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItem.IsSelected">
\r
4682 It's a abstract property. It's implemented by <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.IsSelected"/> and <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.IsSelected"/>.
\r
4685 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItem.TooltipStyle">
\r
4687 It's a abstract property. It's implemented by <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.TooltipStyle"/> and <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.TooltipStyle"/>.
\r
4690 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenItem.Update">
\r
4692 It's a abstract method. It's implemented by <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenGridItem.Update"/> and <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Update"/>.
\r
4695 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenItem.OnInvalidate">
\r
4697 The override method for delete item class and item data. It's called when the item is deleting.
\r
4700 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass">
\r
4702 It represents the GenGrid or GenList item class definition field details.
\r
4703 It has some display styles, such as "default", "full" and "group_index".
\r
4706 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetTextDelegate">
\r
4708 The delegate to define <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetTextHandler"/>.
\r
4710 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
4711 <param name="part">The part where the data should be shown.</param>
\r
4712 <returns>Return string that should be shown.</returns>
\r
4714 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetContentDelegate">
\r
4716 The delegate to define <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetContentHandler"/>.
\r
4718 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
4719 <param name="part">The part where the data should be shown.</param>
\r
4720 <returns>Return content that should be shown.</returns>
\r
4722 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.DeleteDelegate">
\r
4724 The delegate to define <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.DeleteHandler"/>.
\r
4726 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
4728 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetReusableContentDelegate">
\r
4730 The delegate to define <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.ReusableContentHandler"/>.
\r
4732 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
4733 <param name="part">The part where the data should be shown.</param>
\r
4734 <param name="old">The content has been added in gengrid.</param>
\r
4735 <returns>Return content that should be shown.</returns>
\r
4737 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.#ctor(System.String)">
\r
4739 Creates and initializes a new instance of the GenItemClass.
\r
4741 <param name="style">The item display style.</param>
\r
4743 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.ItemStyle">
\r
4745 Gets the item style.
\r
4748 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetTextHandler">
\r
4750 Gets or sets the callback that defines how to display item text.
\r
4751 If get, return <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetTextDelegate"/>.
\r
4754 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetContentHandler">
\r
4756 Gets or sets the callback that defines how to display item content.
\r
4757 If get, return <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetContentDelegate"/>.
\r
4760 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.DeleteHandler">
\r
4762 Gets or sets the callback that defines how to delete item text and content.
\r
4763 If get, return <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.DeleteDelegate"/>.
\r
4766 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.ReusableContentHandler">
\r
4768 Gets or sets the callback that defines how to reuse item content.
\r
4769 If get, return <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass.GetReusableContentDelegate"/>.
\r
4772 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType">
\r
4774 Enumeration for setting genlist item type.
\r
4777 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemType.Normal">
\r
4779 if Normal is set then this item is normal item.
\r
4782 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemType.Tree">
\r
4784 If tree is set then this item is displayed as an item that is able to expand and have child items.
\r
4787 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemType.Group">
\r
4789 if Group is set then this item is group index item that is displayed at the top until the next group comes.
\r
4792 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenListMode">
\r
4794 Enumeration for setting genlist's resizing behavior, transverse axis scrolling and items cropping.
\r
4797 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Compress">
\r
4799 The genlist won't set any of its size hints to inform how a possible container should resize it.
\r
4800 Then, if it's not created as a "resize object", it might end with zeroed dimensions.
\r
4801 The genlist will respect the container's geometry and, if any of its items won't fit into its transverse axis, one won't be able to scroll it in that direction.
\r
4804 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Scroll">
\r
4806 This is the same as Compress, with the exception that if any of its items won't fit into its transverse axis, one will be able to scroll it in that direction.
\r
4809 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Limit">
\r
4811 Sets a minimum size hint on the genlist object, so that containers may respect it (and resize itself to fit the child properly).
\r
4812 More specifically, a minimum size hint will be set for its transverse axis, so that the largest item in that direction fits well.
\r
4813 This is naturally bound by the genlist object's maximum size hints, set externally.
\r
4816 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Expand">
\r
4818 Besides setting a minimum size on the transverse axis, just like on Limit, the genlist will set a minimum size on th longitudinal axis, trying to reserve space to all its children to be visible at a time.
\r
4819 This is naturally bound by the genlist object's maximum size hints, set externally.
\r
4822 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemEventArgs">
\r
4824 It inherits System.EventArgs.
\r
4825 It contains Item which is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItem"/> type.
\r
4826 All events of GenList contain GenListItemEventArgs as a parameter.
\r
4829 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItemEventArgs.Item">
\r
4831 Gets or sets GenList item. The return type is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItem"/>.
\r
4834 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition">
\r
4836 Enumeration that defines where to position the item in the genlist.
\r
4839 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition.None">
\r
4841 Scrolls to nowhere.
\r
4844 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition.In">
\r
4846 Scrolls to the nearest viewport.
\r
4849 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition.Top">
\r
4851 Scrolls to the top of the viewport.
\r
4854 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition.Middle">
\r
4856 Scrolls to the middle of the viewport.
\r
4859 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition.Bottom">
\r
4861 Scrolls to the bottom of the viewport.
\r
4864 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenList">
\r
4866 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Layout"/>.
\r
4867 The GenList is a widget that aims to have more expansive list than the simple <see cref="T:ElmSharp.List"/> in ElmSharp that could have more flexible items and allow many more entries while still being fast and low on memory usage.
\r
4868 At the same time it was also made to be able to do tree structures.
\r
4869 But the price to pay is more complexity when it comes to usage.
\r
4870 If all you want is a simple list with icons and a single text, use the <see cref="T:ElmSharp.List"/> widget.
\r
4873 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
4875 Creates and initializes a new instance of the GenList class.
\r
4877 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by GenList as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
4879 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.Homogeneous">
\r
4881 Gets or sets whether the homogeneous mode is enabled.
\r
4884 If true, the genlist items have same height and width.
\r
4887 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.ListMode">
\r
4889 Gets or sets the horizontal stretching mode. This mode used for sizing items horizontally.
\r
4890 The default value is <see cref="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Scroll"/> which means that if items are too wide to fit, the scroller scrolls horizontally.
\r
4891 If set <see cref="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Compress"/> which means that the item width is fixed (restricted to a minimum of) to the list width when calculating its size in order to allow the height to be calculated based on it.
\r
4892 If set <see cref="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Limit"/> which means that items are expanded to the viewport width and limited to that size.
\r
4893 if set <see cref="F:ElmSharp.GenListMode.Expand"/> which means that genlist try to reserve space to all its items to be visible at a time.
\r
4896 Compress makes genlist resize slower as it recalculates every item height again whenever the list width changes.
\r
4897 The homogeneous mode is so that all items in the genlist are of the same width/height. With Compress, genlist items are initialized fast.
\r
4898 However, there are no sub-objects in the genlist which can be on the flying resizable (such as TEXTBLOCK).
\r
4899 If so, then some dynamic resizable objects in the genlist would not be diplayed properly.
\r
4902 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.FirstItem">
\r
4904 Gets the first item in the genlist.
\r
4907 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.LastItem">
\r
4909 Gets the last item in the genlist.
\r
4912 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.ReorderMode">
\r
4914 Gets or sets the reorder mode.
\r
4915 After turning on the reorder mode, longpress on a normal item triggers reordering of the item.
\r
4916 You can move the item up and down. However, reordering does not work with group items.
\r
4919 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.BlockCount">
\r
4921 Gets or set the maximum number of items within an item block.
\r
4924 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.IsHighlight">
\r
4926 Gets or sets whether the genlist items should be highlighted when an item is selected.
\r
4929 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.LongPressTimeout">
\r
4931 Gets or sets the timeout in seconds for the longpress event.
\r
4934 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.IsMultiSelection">
\r
4936 Gets or sets whether enable multi-selection in the genlist.
\r
4939 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.SelectedItem">
\r
4941 Gets the selected item in a given genlist widget.
\r
4944 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenList.SelectionMode">
\r
4946 Gets or sets the genlist select mode by <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemSelectionMode"/>.
\r
4949 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemSelected">
\r
4951 ItemSelected is raised when a new genlist item is selected.
\r
4954 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemUnselected">
\r
4956 ItemUnselected is raised when the genlist item is Unselected.
\r
4959 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemPressed">
\r
4961 ItemPressed is raised when a new genlist item is pressed.
\r
4964 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemReleased">
\r
4966 ItemReleased is raised when a new genlist item is released.
\r
4969 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemActivated">
\r
4971 ItemActivated is raised when a new genlist item is double clicked or pressed (enter|return|spacebar).
\r
4974 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemDoubleClicked">
\r
4976 ItemDoubleClicked is raised when a new genlist item is double clicked.
\r
4979 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemExpanded">
\r
4981 ItemExpanded is raised when a new genlist item is indicated to expand.
\r
4984 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemRealized">
\r
4986 ItemRealized is raised when a new genlist item is created as a real object.
\r
4989 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemUnrealized">
\r
4991 ItemUnrealized is raised when a new genlist item is unrealized.
\r
4992 After calling unrealize, the item's content objects are deleted and the item object itself is deleted or is put into a floating cache.
\r
4995 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemLongPressed">
\r
4997 ItemLongPressed is raised when a genlist item is pressed for a certain amount of time. By default it's 1 second.
\r
5000 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemMoved">
\r
5002 ItemMoved is raised when a genlist item is moved in the reorder mode.
\r
5005 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemMovedAfter">
\r
5007 ItemMovedAfter is raised when a genlist item is moved after another item in the reorder mode.
\r
5008 To get the relative previous item, use <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Previous"/>.
\r
5011 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ItemMovedBefore">
\r
5013 ItemMovedBefore is raised when a genlist item is moved before another item in the reorder mode.
\r
5014 To get the relative next item, use <see cref="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Next"/>.
\r
5017 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.Changed">
\r
5019 Changed is raised when genlist is changed.
\r
5022 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ScrollAnimationStarted">
\r
5024 ScrollAnimationStarted is raised when scrolling animation has started.
\r
5027 <member name="E:ElmSharp.GenList.ScrollAnimationStopped">
\r
5029 ScrollAnimationStopped is raised when scrolling animation has stopped.
\r
5032 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Append(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)">
\r
5034 Appends a new item to the end of a given genlist widget.
\r
5036 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
5037 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
5038 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
5039 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/>
\r
5040 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItem"/>
\r
5042 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Append(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItemType)">
\r
5044 Appends a new item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> to the end of a given genlist widget.
\r
5046 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
5047 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
5048 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
\r
5049 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
5051 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Append(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItemType,ElmSharp.GenListItem)">
\r
5053 Appends a new item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> to the end of a given genlist widget or the end of the children list if the parent is given.
\r
5055 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
5056 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
5057 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
\r
5058 <param name="parent">The parent item, otherwise null if there is no parent item.</param>
\r
5059 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
5061 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Prepend(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)">
\r
5063 Prepends a new item to the beginning of a given genlist widget.
\r
5065 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
5066 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
5067 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
5069 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Prepend(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItemType)">
\r
5071 Prepends a new item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> to the beginning of a given genlist widget.
\r
5073 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
5074 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
5075 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
\r
5076 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
5078 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Prepend(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItemType,ElmSharp.GenListItem)">
\r
5080 Prepends a new item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> to the beginning of a given genlist widget or the beginning of the children list if the parent is given.
\r
5082 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
5083 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
5084 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
\r
5085 <param name="parent">The parent item, otherwise null if there is no parent item.</param>
\r
5086 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
5088 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItem)">
\r
5090 Inserts an item before another item in a genlist widget.
\r
5091 It is the same tree level or group as the item before which it is inserted.????
\r
5093 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
5094 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
5095 <param name="before">The item before which to place this new one.</param>
\r
5096 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
5098 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItem,ElmSharp.GenListItemType)">
\r
5100 Inserts an item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> before another item in a genlist widget.
\r
5101 It is the same tree level or group as the item before which it is inserted.????
\r
5103 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
5104 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
5105 <param name="before">The item before which to place this new one.</param>
\r
5106 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
\r
5107 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
5109 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItem,ElmSharp.GenListItemType,ElmSharp.GenListItem)">
\r
5111 Inserts an item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> before another item under a parent in a genlist widget.
\r
5113 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
5114 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
5115 <param name="before">The item before which to place this new one.</param>
\r
5116 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
\r
5117 <param name="parent">The parent item, otherwise null if there is no parent item.</param>
\r
5118 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
5120 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,ElmSharp.GenListItem,ElmSharp.GenListItemType,ElmSharp.GenListItem)">
\r
5122 Inserts an item with <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemType"/> after another item under a parent in a genlist widget.
\r
5124 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
5125 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
5126 <param name="after">The item after which to place this new one.</param>
\r
5127 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
\r
5128 <param name="parent">The parent item, otherwise null if there is no parent item.</param>
\r
5129 <returns>Return a new added genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
5131 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.InsertSorted(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object,System.Comparison{System.Object},ElmSharp.GenListItemType,ElmSharp.GenListItem)">
\r
5133 Insert an item in a genlist widget using a user-defined sort function.
\r
5135 <param name="itemClass">The itemClass defines how to display the data.</param>
\r
5136 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
5137 <param name="comparison">User defined comparison function that defines the sort order based on genlist item and its data.</param>
\r
5138 <param name="type">The genlist item type.</param>
\r
5139 <param name="parent">The parent item, otherwise null if there is no parent item.</param>
\r
5140 <returns>Return a genlist item that contains data and itemClass.</returns>
\r
5142 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.ScrollTo(ElmSharp.GenListItem,ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition,System.Boolean)">
\r
5144 Shows the given item with position type in a genlist.
\r
5145 When animated is true, genlist will jump to the given item and display it (by animatedly scrolling), if it is not fully visible. This may use animation and may take some time.
\r
5146 When animated is false, genlist will jump to the given item and display it (by jumping to that position), if it is not fully visible.
\r
5148 <param name="item">The item to display.</param>
\r
5149 <param name="position">The position to show the given item to <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ScrollToPosition"/>.</param>
\r
5150 <param name="animated">The animated indicates how to display the item, by scrolling or by jumping.</param>
\r
5152 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.UpdateRealizedItems">
\r
5154 Updates the content of all the realized items.
\r
5155 This updates all the realized items by calling all the <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/> again to get the content, text and states.
\r
5156 Use this when the original item data has changed and the changes are desired to reflect.
\r
5157 To update just one item, use <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Update"/>.
\r
5159 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Update"/>
\r
5161 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.Clear">
\r
5163 Removes all items from a given genlist widget.
\r
5164 This removes (and deletes) all items in obj, making it empty.
\r
5165 To delete just one item, use <see cref="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Delete"/>.
\r
5167 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Delete"/>
\r
5169 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.GetItemByPosition(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32@)">
\r
5171 Get the item that is at the x, y canvas coords.
\r
5173 <param name="x">The input x coordinate</param>
\r
5174 <param name="y">The input y coordinate</param>
\r
5175 <param name="pos">The position relative to the item returned here
\r
5176 -1, 0, or 1, depending on whether the coordinate is on the upper portion of that item (-1), in the middle section (0), or on the lower part (1).
\r
5178 <returns></returns>
\r
5180 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenList.GetItemByIndex(System.Int32)">
\r
5182 Gets the nth item in a given genlist widget, placed at position nth, in its internal items list.
\r
5184 <param name="index">The number of the item to grab (0 being the first)</param>
\r
5185 <returns></returns>
\r
5187 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType">
\r
5189 The type of item's part type.
\r
5192 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType.All">
\r
5197 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType.Text">
\r
5199 The text part type.
\r
5202 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType.Content">
\r
5204 The Content part type.
\r
5207 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType.State">
\r
5209 The state of part.
\r
5212 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType.None">
\r
5217 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GenListItem">
\r
5219 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItem"/>.
\r
5220 A instance to the genlist item added.
\r
5221 It contains Update() method to update a genlist item which is given.
\r
5224 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.IsSelected">
\r
5226 Gets or sets whether a given genlist item is selected.
\r
5229 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.IsExpanded">
\r
5231 Gets or sets whether a given genlist item is expanded.
\r
5234 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Update">
\r
5236 Updates the content of an item.
\r
5237 This updates an item by calling all the <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenItemClass"/> again to get the content, text, and states.
\r
5238 Use this when the original item data has changed and the changes are desired to reflect.
\r
5239 To update already realized items, use <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenList.UpdateRealizedItems"/>.
\r
5241 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.GenList.UpdateRealizedItems"/>
\r
5243 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.UpdateField(System.String,ElmSharp.GenListItemFieldType)">
\r
5245 Updates the part of an item.
\r
5246 This updates an item's part by calling item's fetching functions again to get the contents, texts and states.
\r
5247 Use this when the original item data has changed and the changes are desired to be reflected.
\r
5248 To update an item's all property, use <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenList.UpdateRealizedItems"/>.
\r
5250 <param name="part">The part could be "elm.text", "elm.swalllow.icon", "elm.swallow.end", "elm.swallow.content" and so on. It is also used for globbing to match '*', '?', and '.'. It can be used at updating multi fields.</param>
\r
5251 <param name="type">The type of item's part type.</param>
\r
5252 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.GenList.UpdateRealizedItems"/>
\r
5254 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.DemoteItem">
\r
5256 Demote an item to the end of the list.
\r
5259 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.SelectionMode">
\r
5261 Gets or sets the genlist item's select mode.
\r
5264 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Next">
\r
5266 Gets the next item in a genlist widget's internal list of items.
\r
5268 <seealso cref="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Previous"/>
\r
5270 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Previous">
\r
5272 Get the previous item in a genlist widget's internal list of items.
\r
5274 <seealso cref="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Next"/>
\r
5276 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.TooltipStyle">
\r
5278 Gets or sets the style of given genlist item's tooltip.
\r
5281 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.IsTooltipWindowMode">
\r
5283 Gets or sets whether disable size restrictions on an object's tooltip.
\r
5286 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Index">
\r
5288 Gets the index of the item. It is only valid once displayed.
\r
5291 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GenListItem.ExpandedItemDepth">
\r
5293 Gets the depth of expanded item.
\r
5296 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.ClearSubitems">
\r
5298 Remove all sub-items (children) of the given item.
\r
5301 This removes all items that are children (and their descendants) of the given item it.
\r
5304 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.UpdateItemClass(ElmSharp.GenItemClass,System.Object)">
\r
5306 Update the item class of an item.
\r
5307 This sets another class of the item, changing the way that it is displayed. After changing the item class, <see cref="M:ElmSharp.GenListItem.Update"/> is called on the item.
\r
5309 <param name="itemClass">The item class for the item.</param>
\r
5310 <param name="data">The data for the item.</param>
\r
5312 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer">
\r
5314 The GestureLayer is used to detect gestures.
\r
5318 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
5320 Creates and initializes a new instance of GestureLayer class.
\r
5322 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by GestureLayer as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
5324 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType">
\r
5326 Enumeration for supported gesture types.
\r
5329 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.Tap">
\r
5331 N fingers single taps
\r
5334 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.LongTap">
\r
5336 N fingers single long-taps
\r
5339 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.DoubleTap">
\r
5341 N fingers double-single taps
\r
5344 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.TripleTap">
\r
5346 N fingers triple-single taps
\r
5349 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.Momentum">
\r
5351 Reports momentum in the direction of move
\r
5354 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.Line">
\r
5356 N fingers line gesture
\r
5359 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.Flick">
\r
5361 N fingers flick gesture
\r
5364 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.Zoom">
\r
5369 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType.Rotate">
\r
5374 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState">
\r
5376 Enumeration for gesture states.
\r
5379 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState.Undefined">
\r
5381 Gesture not started
\r
5384 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState.Start">
\r
5389 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState.Move">
\r
5391 Gesture is ongoing
\r
5394 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState.End">
\r
5399 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState.Abort">
\r
5401 Ongoing gesture is aborted
\r
5404 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.HoldEvents">
\r
5406 Sets or gets the repeat-events setting.
\r
5409 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.Continues">
\r
5411 Sets or gets the gesture layer continues enable of an object
\r
5414 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapFingerSize">
\r
5416 Sets or gets the gesture layer finger-size for taps.
\r
5419 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LongTapTimeout">
\r
5421 Sets or gets the gesture layer long tap start timeout of an object
\r
5424 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.DoubleTapTimeout">
\r
5426 Sets or gets the gesture layer double tap timeout of an object
\r
5429 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.FlickTimeLimit">
\r
5431 Sets or gets the gesture layer flick time limit (in ms) of an object
\r
5434 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MinimumLineLength">
\r
5436 Sets or gets the gesture layer line min length of an object
\r
5439 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineAngularTolerance">
\r
5441 Sets or gets the gesture layer line angular tolerance of an object
\r
5444 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineDistanceTolerance">
\r
5446 Sets or gets the gesture layer line distance tolerance of an object
\r
5449 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateStep">
\r
5451 Sets or gets step-value for rotate action.
\r
5454 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateAngularTolerance">
\r
5456 Sets or gets the gesture layer rotate angular tolerance of an object
\r
5459 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomStep">
\r
5461 Sets or gets control step value for zoom action.
\r
5464 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomDistanceTolerance">
\r
5466 Sets or gets the gesture layer zoom distance tolerance of an object
\r
5469 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomFingerFactor">
\r
5471 Sets or gets the gesture layer zoom finger factor of an object
\r
5474 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomWheelFactor">
\r
5476 Sets or gets the gesture layer zoom wheel factor of an object
\r
5479 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.Attach(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
5481 Attach a gesture layer widget to an Evas object (setting the widget's target).
\r
5482 A gesture layer's target may be any Evas object. This object will be used to listen to mouse and key events.
\r
5484 <param name="target">The object to attach.</param>
\r
5486 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetGestureCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType,ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{System.Object})">
\r
5488 Set the gesture state change callback.
\r
5489 When all callbacks for the gesture are set to null, it means this gesture is disabled.
\r
5491 <param name="type">The gesture you want to track state of.</param>
\r
5492 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
\r
5493 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
\r
5495 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ClearCallbacks">
\r
5497 clear the gesture state change callback.
\r
5500 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetTapCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureType,ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapData})">
\r
5502 Set the tap callback.
\r
5504 <param name="type">The gesture you want to track state of.</param>
\r
5505 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
\r
5506 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
\r
5508 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetMomentumCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData})">
\r
5510 Set the gesture state change callback with Momentum Gesture Type
\r
5512 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
\r
5513 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
\r
5515 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetLineCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData})">
\r
5517 Set the gesture state change callback with Line Gesture Type
\r
5519 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
\r
5520 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
\r
5522 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetFlickCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData})">
\r
5524 Set the gesture state change callback with Flick Gesture Type
\r
5526 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
\r
5527 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
\r
5529 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetZoomCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData})">
\r
5531 Set the gesture state change callback with Zoom Gesture Type
\r
5533 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
\r
5534 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
\r
5536 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.SetRotateCallback(ElmSharp.GestureLayer.GestureState,System.Action{ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData})">
\r
5538 Set the gesture state change callback with Rotate Gesture Type
\r
5540 <param name="state">The event the callback tracks (START, MOVE, END, ABORT).</param>
\r
5541 <param name="action">The callback itself.</param>
\r
5543 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.CreateHandle(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
5545 Call this function to construct a new gesture-layer object.
\r
5547 <param name="parent">The gesture layer's parent widget.</param>
\r
5548 <returns></returns>
\r
5550 <member name="M:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.OnUnrealize">
\r
5552 clear the gesture state change callback.
\r
5555 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapData">
\r
5557 The struct of TapData
\r
5560 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapData.X">
\r
5562 The x coordinate of the center point.
\r
5565 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapData.Y">
\r
5567 The y coordinate of the center point.
\r
5570 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapData.FingersCount">
\r
5572 The number of fingers tapped.
\r
5575 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.TapData.Timestamp">
\r
5580 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData">
\r
5582 The struct of MomentumData
\r
5585 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.X1">
\r
5587 Final-swipe direction starting point on X.
\r
5590 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.Y1">
\r
5592 Final-swipe direction starting point on Y.
\r
5595 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.X2">
\r
5597 Final-swipe direction ending point on X.
\r
5600 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.Y2">
\r
5602 Final-swipe direction ending point on Y
\r
5605 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.HorizontalSwipeTimestamp">
\r
5607 Timestamp of start of final x-swipe.
\r
5610 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.VerticalSwipeTimestamp">
\r
5612 Timestamp of start of final y-swipe.
\r
5615 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.HorizontalMomentum">
\r
5620 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.VerticalMomentum">
\r
5625 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.MomentumData.FingersCount">
\r
5627 Number of fingers.
\r
5630 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData">
\r
5632 The struct of LineData
\r
5635 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.X1">
\r
5637 Final-swipe direction starting point on X.
\r
5640 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.Y1">
\r
5642 Final-swipe direction starting point on Y.
\r
5645 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.X2">
\r
5647 Final-swipe direction ending point on X.
\r
5650 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.Y2">
\r
5652 Final-swipe direction ending point on Y
\r
5655 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.HorizontalSwipeTimestamp">
\r
5657 Timestamp of start of final x-swipe.
\r
5660 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.VerticalSwipeTimestamp">
\r
5662 Timestamp of start of final y-swipe.
\r
5665 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.HorizontalMomentum">
\r
5670 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.VerticalMomentum">
\r
5675 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.FingersCount">
\r
5677 Number of fingers.
\r
5680 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.LineData.Angle">
\r
5682 Angle (direction) of lines.
\r
5685 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData">
\r
5687 The struct of ZoomData
\r
5690 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData.X">
\r
5692 The x coordinate of zoom center point reported to user.
\r
5695 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData.Y">
\r
5697 The y coordinate of zoom center point reported to user.
\r
5700 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData.Radius">
\r
5702 The radius (distance) between fingers reported to user.
\r
5705 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData.Zoom">
\r
5707 The zoom value. 1.0 means no zoom.
\r
5710 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.ZoomData.Momentum">
\r
5712 Zoom momentum: zoom growth per second (NOT YET SUPPORTED).
\r
5715 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData">
\r
5717 The struct of RotateData
\r
5720 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData.X">
\r
5722 The x coordinate of rotation center point reported to user.
\r
5725 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData.Y">
\r
5727 The y coordinate of rotation center point reported to user.
\r
5730 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData.Radius">
\r
5732 The radius (distance) between fingers reported to user.
\r
5735 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData.BaseAngle">
\r
5740 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData.Angle">
\r
5742 The rotation value. 0.0 means no rotation.
\r
5745 <member name="F:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.RotateData.Momentum">
\r
5747 Rotation momentum: rotation done per second (NOT YET SUPPORTED).
\r
5750 <member name="T:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.Config">
\r
5752 Config is a static class, it provides gestureLayer's timeout information.
\r
5755 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.Config.DefaultLongTapTimeout">
\r
5757 Sets or gets the duration for occurring long tap event of gesture layer.
\r
5760 <member name="P:ElmSharp.GestureLayer.Config.DefaultDoubleTapTimeout">
\r
5762 Sets or gets the duration for occurring double tap event of gesture layer.
\r
5765 <member name="T:ElmSharp.HoverselItemEventArgs">
\r
5767 The HoverselItemEventArgs is an HoverselItem's EventArgs
\r
5770 <member name="P:ElmSharp.HoverselItemEventArgs.Item">
\r
5775 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Hoversel">
\r
5777 The hoversel is a button that pops up a list of items.
\r
5780 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Hoversel.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
5782 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Hoversel class.
\r
5784 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Hoversel as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
5786 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Hoversel.Clicked">
\r
5788 Clicked will be triggered when Hoversel is clicked
\r
5791 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Hoversel.Expanded">
\r
5793 Expanded will be triggered when Hoversel is activated by clicking the hoversel or by a function
\r
5796 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Hoversel.Dismissed">
\r
5798 Dismissed will be triggered when Hoversel Dismissed
\r
5801 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Hoversel.ItemSelected">
\r
5803 ItemSelected will be triggered when Hoversel's Item Selected
\r
5806 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Hoversel.IsHorizontal">
\r
5808 Gets or sets the status to control whether the hoversel should expand horizontally.
\r
5811 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Hoversel.HoverParent">
\r
5813 Gets or sets the hover parent.
\r
5816 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Hoversel.IsExpanded">
\r
5818 Gets the flag of whether the hoversel is expanded.
\r
5821 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Hoversel.AutoUpdate">
\r
5823 Gets or sets the status of whether update icon and text of hoversel same to those of selected item automatically.
\r
5826 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Hoversel.HoverBegin">
\r
5828 This triggers the hoversel popup from code, the same as if the user had clicked the button.
\r
5831 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Hoversel.HoverEnd">
\r
5833 This dismisses the hoversel popup as if the user had clicked outside the hover.
\r
5836 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Hoversel.Clear">
\r
5838 This will remove all the children items from the hoversel.
\r
5841 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Hoversel.AddItem(System.String)">
\r
5843 Add an item to the hoversel button.
\r
5844 This adds an item to the hoversel to show when it is clicked.
\r
5846 <param name="label">Item's label</param>
\r
5847 <returns>A handle to the added item.</returns>
\r
5849 <member name="T:ElmSharp.HoverselItem">
\r
5851 The HoverselItem is the Item of Hoversel
\r
5854 <member name="P:ElmSharp.HoverselItem.Label">
\r
5856 HoverselItem's label
\r
5859 <member name="E:ElmSharp.HoverselItem.ItemSelected">
\r
5861 ItemSelected will be triggered when HoverselItem Selected
\r
5864 <member name="T:ElmSharp.IconLookupOrder">
\r
5866 Enumeration for the icon lookup order. Should look for icons in the theme, FDO paths, or both.
\r
5869 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IconLookupOrder.FreeDesktopFirst">
\r
5871 Icon look up order: freedesktop, theme
\r
5874 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IconLookupOrder.ThemeFirst">
\r
5876 Icon look up order: theme, freedesktop
\r
5879 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IconLookupOrder.FreeDesktopOnly">
\r
5881 Icon look up order: freedesktop
\r
5884 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IconLookupOrder.ThemeOnly">
\r
5886 Icon look up order: theme
\r
5889 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Icon">
\r
5891 The Icon is a widget that displays standard icon images ("delete", "edit", "arrows", etc.)
\r
5892 or images coming from a custom file (PNG, JPG, EDJE, etc.), on icon context.
\r
5896 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Icon.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
5898 Creates and initializes a new instance of Icon class.
\r
5900 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Icon as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
5902 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Icon.StandardIconName">
\r
5904 Sets or gets the standard icon name of a given Icon widget.
\r
5907 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Icon.IconLookupOrder">
\r
5909 Sets or gets the icon lookup order of a given Icon widget.
\r
5912 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Icon.SetThumb(System.String,System.String)">
\r
5914 Sets the file that is used, but uses a generated thumbnail.
\r
5916 <param name="file">The path to the file that is used as an icon image</param>
\r
5917 <param name="group">The group that the icon belongs to</param>
\r
5919 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Icon.CreateHandle(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
5921 Adds a new icon object to the parent.
\r
5923 <param name="parent">EvasObject</param>
\r
5924 <returns>The new object, otherwise NULL if it cannot be created</returns>
\r
5926 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Image">
\r
5928 The Image is a widget that allows one to load and display an image file on it,
\r
5929 be it from a disk file or from a memory region.
\r
5933 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
5935 Creates and initializes a new instance of Image class.
\r
5937 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Image as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
5939 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Image.Clicked">
\r
5941 Clicked will be triggered when the image is clicked.
\r
5944 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Image.LoadingCompleted">
\r
5946 LoadingCompleted will be triggered when the image is loaded completely.
\r
5949 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Image.LoadingFailed">
\r
5951 Clicked will be triggered when the image is fail to load.
\r
5954 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.File">
\r
5956 Gets the file that is used as an image.
\r
5959 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsSmooth">
\r
5961 Sets or gets the smooth effect for an image.
\r
5964 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsScaling">
\r
5966 Sets or gets whether scaling is disabled on the object.
\r
5969 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.CanScaleDown">
\r
5971 Sets or gets whether the object is down resizeable.
\r
5974 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.CanScaleUp">
\r
5976 Sets or gets whether the object is up resizeable.
\r
5979 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.CanFillOutside">
\r
5981 Sets or gets whether the image fills the entire object area, when keeping the aspect ratio.
\r
5984 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.PrescaleSize">
\r
5986 Sets or gets the prescale size for the image.
\r
5989 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsFixedAspect">
\r
5991 Sets or gets whether the original aspect ratio of the image should be kept on resize.
\r
5994 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsAnimated">
\r
5996 Sets or gets whether an image object (which supports animation) is to animate itself.
\r
5999 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsAnimatedAvailable">
\r
6001 Gets whether an image object supports animation.
\r
6004 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsAnimationPlaying">
\r
6006 Sets or gets whether an image object is under animation.
\r
6009 An image object, even if it supports animation, will be displayed by default without animation.
\r
6010 To actually start playing any image object's animation, <see cref="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsAnimated"/> should be TRUE before setting this property true.
\r
6013 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsEditable">
\r
6015 Sets or gets whether the image is 'editable'.
\r
6018 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.ObjectSize">
\r
6020 Gets the current size of the image.
\r
6023 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.IsOpaque">
\r
6025 Sets or gets whether alpha channel data is being used on the given image object.
\r
6028 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.Orientation">
\r
6030 Sets or gets the image orientation.
\r
6033 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.Color">
\r
6035 Sets or gets the image color
\r
6038 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.BackgroundColor">
\r
6040 Sets the background color
\r
6043 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.SetBorder(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
6045 Sets the dimensions for an image object's border, a region which is not scaled together with its center ever.
\r
6047 <param name="left">The border's left width</param>
\r
6048 <param name="right">The border's right width</param>
\r
6049 <param name="top">The border's top width</param>
\r
6050 <param name="bottom">The border's bottom width</param>
\r
6052 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Image.BorderCenterFillMode">
\r
6054 Sets or gets if the center part of the given image object (not the border) should be drawn.
\r
6057 When rendering, the image may be scaled to fit the size of the image object.
\r
6058 This function sets if the center part of the scaled image is to be drawn or left completely blank, or forced to be solid.
\r
6059 Very useful for frames and decorations.
\r
6062 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.Load(System.String)">
\r
6064 Sets the file that is used as the image's source.
\r
6066 <param name="file">The path to the file that is used as an image source</param>
\r
6067 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
\r
6069 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.Load(System.Uri)">
\r
6071 Sets the uri that is used as the image's source.
\r
6073 <param name="uri">The uri to the file that is used as an image source</param>
\r
6074 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
\r
6076 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.Load(System.Byte*,System.Int64)">
\r
6078 Sets a location in the memory to be used as an image object's source bitmap.
\r
6081 This function is handy when the contents of an image file are mapped into the memory, for example.
\r
6082 The format string should be something like "png", "jpg", "tga", "tiff", "bmp" etc, when provided (null, on the contrary).
\r
6083 This improves the loader performance as it tries the "correct" loader first, before trying a range of other possible loaders until one succeeds.
\r
6085 <param name="img">The binary data that is used as an image source</param>
\r
6086 <param name="size">The size of the binary data blob img</param>
\r
6087 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
\r
6089 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.Load(System.IO.Stream)">
\r
6091 Sets the stream that is used as the image's source.
\r
6093 <param name="stream">The stream that is used as an image source</param>
\r
6094 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
\r
6096 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.LoadAsync(System.String,System.Threading.CancellationToken)">
\r
6098 Sets the file that is used as the image's source with async.
\r
6100 <param name="file">The path to the file that is used as an image source</param>
\r
6101 <param name="cancellationToken">cancellation token</param>
\r
6102 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
\r
6104 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.LoadAsync(System.Uri,System.Threading.CancellationToken)">
\r
6106 Sets the uri that is used as the image's source with async.
\r
6108 <param name="uri">The uri to the file that is used as an image source</param>
\r
6109 <param name="cancellationToken">cancellation token</param>
\r
6110 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
\r
6112 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.LoadAsync(System.IO.Stream,System.Threading.CancellationToken)">
\r
6114 Sets the stream that is used as the image's source with async.
\r
6116 <param name="stream">The stream that is used as an image source</param>
\r
6117 <param name="cancellationToken">cancellation token</param>
\r
6118 <returns>(true = success, false = error)</returns>
\r
6120 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.SetPartColor(System.String,ElmSharp.Color)">
\r
6122 Sets the color of color class for a given widget.
\r
6124 <param name="part">The name of color class.</param>
\r
6125 <param name="color">The struct of color</param>
\r
6127 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.GetPartColor(System.String)">
\r
6129 Gets the color of color class for a given widget.
\r
6131 <param name="part">The name of color class.</param>
\r
6132 <returns>color object</returns>
\r
6134 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Image.CreateHandle(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6136 Sets the content at a part of a given container widget.
\r
6138 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Image as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
6139 <returns>The new object, otherwise null if it cannot be created</returns>
\r
6141 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ImageBorderFillMode">
\r
6143 Enumeration for the fill mode of image border
\r
6146 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageBorderFillMode.None">
\r
6148 None mode of image border
\r
6151 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageBorderFillMode.Default">
\r
6153 Default mode of image border
\r
6156 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageBorderFillMode.Solid">
\r
6158 Solid mode of image border
\r
6161 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation">
\r
6163 Enumeration for the possible orientation options
\r
6166 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.None">
\r
6168 No orientation change
\r
6171 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.Rotate90">
\r
6173 Rotate 90 degrees clockwise
\r
6176 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.Rotate180">
\r
6178 Rotate 180 degrees clockwise
\r
6181 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.Rotate270">
\r
6183 Rotate 90 degrees counter-clockwise (i.e. 270 degrees clockwise)
\r
6186 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.FlipHorizontal">
\r
6188 Flip image horizontally
\r
6191 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.FlipVertical">
\r
6193 Flip image vertically
\r
6196 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.FlipTranspose">
\r
6198 Flip the image along the y = (width - x) line (bottom-left to top-right)
\r
6201 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ImageOrientation.FlipTransverse">
\r
6203 Flip the image along the y = x line (top-left to bottom-right)
\r
6206 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Index">
\r
6208 An index widget gives you an index for fast access to whichever group of other UI items one might have.
\r
6212 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6214 Creates and initializes a new instance of Index class.
\r
6216 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Index as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
6218 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Index.Changed">
\r
6220 Changed will be triggered when the selected index item is changed.
\r
6223 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.AutoHide">
\r
6225 Sets or gets the auto hiding feature is enabled or not for a given index widget.
\r
6228 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.IsHorizontal">
\r
6230 Sets or gets a value whether horizontal mode is enabled or not.
\r
6233 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.IndicatorVisible">
\r
6235 Sets or gets the value of indicator's disabled status.
\r
6238 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.OmitEnabled">
\r
6240 Sets or gets the omit feature is enabled or not for a given index widget.
\r
6243 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.Delay">
\r
6245 Set a delay change time for index object.
\r
6246 delay time is 0.2 sec by default.
\r
6249 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.Level">
\r
6251 Gets or sets the items level for a given index widget.
\r
6254 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.Priority">
\r
6256 Control standard_priority group of index.
\r
6257 Priority group will be shown as many items as it can, and other group will be shown one character only.
\r
6260 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Index.SelectedItem">
\r
6262 Gets the last selected item, for a given index widget.
\r
6265 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.Append(System.String)">
\r
6267 Append a new item on a given index widget.
\r
6269 <param name="label">the label which the item should be indexed</param>
\r
6270 <returns>A object to the IndexItem added or null, on errors</returns>
\r
6272 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.Prepend(System.String)">
\r
6274 Prepend a new item on a given index widget.
\r
6276 <param name="label">the label which the item should be indexed</param>
\r
6277 <returns>A handle to the item added or NULL, on errors</returns>
\r
6279 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.InsertBefore(System.String,ElmSharp.IndexItem)">
\r
6281 Insert a new item into the index object before item before.
\r
6283 <param name="label">the label which the item should be indexed</param>
\r
6284 <param name="before">The index item to insert after.</param>
\r
6285 <returns>A object to the IndexItem added or null, on errors</returns>
\r
6287 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.InsertAfter(System.String,ElmSharp.IndexItem)">
\r
6289 Insert a new item into the index object after item after.
\r
6291 <param name="label">the label which the item should be indexed</param>
\r
6292 <param name="after">The index item to insert after.</param>
\r
6293 <returns>A object to the IndexItem added or null, on errors</returns>
\r
6295 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.Update(System.Int32)">
\r
6297 Flush the changes made to the index items so they work correctly.
\r
6299 <param name="level">The index level (one of 0 or 1) where changes were made</param>
\r
6301 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Index.Clear">
\r
6303 Removes all items from a given index widget.
\r
6306 <member name="T:ElmSharp.IndexItem">
\r
6308 The IndexItem is used to manage index item
\r
6309 Inherits ItemObject
\r
6312 <member name="M:ElmSharp.IndexItem.#ctor(System.String)">
\r
6314 Creates and initializes a new instance of IndexItem class.
\r
6316 <param name="text">the text is set to the Text. It's 'string' type.</param>
\r
6318 <member name="E:ElmSharp.IndexItem.Selected">
\r
6320 Selected will be triggered when the index item is selected
\r
6323 <member name="P:ElmSharp.IndexItem.Text">
\r
6328 <member name="M:ElmSharp.IndexItem.Select(System.Boolean)">
\r
6330 Sets the selected state of an item.
\r
6332 <param name="selected">The selected state</param>
\r
6334 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ItemObject">
\r
6336 The ItemObject is used to manage item object
\r
6339 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.#ctor(System.IntPtr)">
\r
6341 Creates and initializes a new instance of ItemObject class.
\r
6343 <param name="handle">IntPtr</param>
\r
6345 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Id">
\r
6347 Gets the id of item object
\r
6350 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ItemObject.IsEnabled">
\r
6352 Sets or gets whether the item object is enabled
\r
6355 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ItemObject.TrackObject">
\r
6357 Gets track object of the item.
\r
6360 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Deleted">
\r
6362 Deleted will be triggered when the item object is deleted
\r
6365 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Delete">
\r
6367 Delete the item object
\r
6370 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6372 Set a content of an object item and delete old content
\r
6374 <param name="part">The content part name (null for the default content)</param>
\r
6375 <param name="content">The content of the object item</param>
\r
6377 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Boolean)">
\r
6379 Set a content of an object item
\r
6381 <param name="part">The content part name (null for the default content)</param>
\r
6382 <param name="content">The content of the object item</param>
\r
6383 <param name="preserveOldContent">judge whether delete old content</param>
\r
6385 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.SetPartText(System.String,System.String)">
\r
6387 Set a label of an object item
\r
6389 <param name="part">The text part name (null for the default label)</param>
\r
6390 <param name="text">Text of the label</param>
\r
6392 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.GetPartText(System.String)">
\r
6394 Gets a label of an object item
\r
6396 <param name="part">The text part name (null for the default label)</param>
\r
6397 <returns></returns>
\r
6399 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.SetPartColor(System.String,ElmSharp.Color)">
\r
6401 Sets color of an object item
\r
6403 <param name="part">The text part name (null for the default label)</param>
\r
6404 <param name="color">the color</param>
\r
6406 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.GetPartColor(System.String)">
\r
6408 Gets color of an object item
\r
6410 <param name="part">The text part name (null for the default label)</param>
\r
6411 <returns>the color of object item</returns>
\r
6413 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.DeletePartColor(System.String)">
\r
6415 Deletes color of an object item
\r
6417 <param name="part">The text part name</param>
\r
6419 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.AddSignalHandler(System.String,System.String,System.Func{System.String,System.String,System.Boolean})">
\r
6421 Add a function for a signal emitted by object item edje.
\r
6423 <param name="emission">The signal's name.</param>
\r
6424 <param name="source">The signal's source.</param>
\r
6425 <param name="func">The function to be executed when the signal is emitted.</param>
\r
6427 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.RemoveSignalHandler(System.String,System.String,System.Func{System.String,System.String,System.Boolean})">
\r
6429 Remove a signal-triggered function from a object item edje object.
\r
6431 <param name="emission">The signal's name.</param>
\r
6432 <param name="source">The signal's source.</param>
\r
6433 <param name="func">The function to be executed when the signal is emitted.</param>
\r
6435 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.EmitSignal(System.String,System.String)">
\r
6437 Send a signal to the edje object of the widget item.
\r
6439 <param name="emission">The signal's name.</param>
\r
6440 <param name="source">The signal's source.</param>
\r
6442 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.op_Implicit(ElmSharp.ItemObject)~System.IntPtr">
\r
6444 Gets the handle of object item
\r
6446 <param name="obj">ItemObject</param>
\r
6448 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.OnInvalidate">
\r
6450 OnInvalidate of object item
\r
6453 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ItemObjectExtension">
\r
6455 The ItemObjectExtension is used to manage item object extension
\r
6458 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObjectExtension.GrabHighlight(ElmSharp.ItemObject)">
\r
6460 Grab high light of item object
\r
6462 <param name="obj">the item object which is grabbed high light</param>
\r
6464 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ItemObjectExtension.ClearHighlight(ElmSharp.ItemObject)">
\r
6466 Clear high light of item object
\r
6468 <param name="obj">the item object which is cleared high light</param>
\r
6470 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Label">
\r
6472 Label is a widget to display text, with simple html-like markup.
\r
6476 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Label.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6478 Creates and initializes a new instance of Label class.
\r
6480 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Label as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
6482 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Label.SlideCompleted">
\r
6484 SlideCompleted will be triggered when the slide is completed.
\r
6487 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.LineWrapWidth">
\r
6489 Sets or gets wrap width of the label.
\r
6492 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.LineWrapType">
\r
6494 Sets or gets the wrapping behavior of the label.
\r
6497 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.SlideMode">
\r
6499 Sets or gets the slide mode of the label widget.
\r
6502 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.SlideDuration">
\r
6504 Sets or gets the slide duration of the label.
\r
6507 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.SlideSpeed">
\r
6509 Sets or gets the slide Speed of the label.
\r
6512 The speed of the slide animation in px per seconds.
\r
6513 If you set the duration of the slide using elm_label_slide_duration_set() you cannot get the correct speed using this function until the label is actually rendered and resized.
\r
6515 <seealso cref="P:ElmSharp.Label.SlideDuration"/>
\r
6517 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.IsEllipsis">
\r
6519 Sets or gets the ellipsis behavior of the label.
\r
6522 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Label.TextStyle">
\r
6524 Sets or gets the style of the label text.
\r
6527 APIs, elm_label_text_style_user_peek/pop/push, are internal APIs only in Tizen. Avalilable since Tizen_4.0.
\r
6531 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Label.PlaySlide">
\r
6533 Start slide effect.
\r
6536 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Label.CreateHandle(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6538 Sets the content at a part of a given container widget.
\r
6540 <param name="parent">EvasObject</param>
\r
6541 <returns>The new object, otherwise null if it cannot be created</returns>
\r
6543 <member name="T:ElmSharp.LabelSlideMode">
\r
6545 Enumeration for slide mode of a label widget
\r
6548 <member name="F:ElmSharp.LabelSlideMode.None">
\r
6553 <member name="F:ElmSharp.LabelSlideMode.Auto">
\r
6555 slide only if the label area is bigger than the text width length
\r
6558 <member name="F:ElmSharp.LabelSlideMode.Always">
\r
6563 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Layout">
\r
6565 This is a container widget that takes a standard Edje design file and wraps it very thinly in a widget.
\r
6569 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6571 Creates and initializes a new instance of Layout class.
\r
6573 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Layout as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
6575 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Layout.LanguageChanged">
\r
6577 LanguageChanged will be triggered when the program's language is changed.
\r
6580 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Layout.ThemeChanged">
\r
6582 ThemeChanged will be triggered when the theme is changed.
\r
6585 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Layout.EdjeObject">
\r
6587 Gets the edje layout.
\r
6590 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Layout.TextBlockAccessibility">
\r
6592 Gets or sets accessibility state of texblock(text) parts in the layout object.
\r
6595 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.Freeze">
\r
6597 Freezes the Elementary layout object.
\r
6598 This function puts all changes on hold.
\r
6599 Successive freezes will nest, requiring an equal number of thaws.
\r
6601 <returns>The frozen state or 0 if the object is not frozen or on error.</returns>
\r
6603 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.Thaw">
\r
6605 Thaws the Elementary object.
\r
6606 If sucessives freezes were done, an equal number of thaws will be required.
\r
6608 <returns>The frozen state or 0 if the object is not frozen or on error.</returns>
\r
6610 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.Resizing">
\r
6613 Manually forces a sizing re-evaluation.
\r
6614 This is useful when the minimum size required by the edje theme of this layout has changed.
\r
6615 The change on the minimum size required by the edje theme is not immediately reported to the elementary layout, so one needs to call this function in order to tell the widget (layout) that it needs to reevaluate its own size.
\r
6616 The minimum size of the theme is calculated based on minimum size of parts, the size of elements inside containers like box and table, etc.
\r
6617 All of this can change due to state changes, and that's when this function should be called.
\r
6620 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.Resizing(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
\r
6622 Request sizing reevaluation, restricted to current width and/or height.
\r
6623 Useful mostly when there are TEXTBLOCK parts defining the height of the object and nothing else restricting it to a minimum width.Calling this function will restrict the minimum size in the Edje calculation to whatever size it the layout has at the moment.
\r
6625 <param name="width">Restrict minimum size ot the current width.</param>
\r
6626 <param name="height">Restrict minimum size ot the current height.</param>
\r
6628 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.GetEdjeData(System.String)">
\r
6630 Get the edje data from the given layout.
\r
6631 This function fetches data specified inside the edje theme of this layout.
\r
6632 This function return NULL if data is not found.
\r
6634 <param name="key">The data key</param>
\r
6635 <returns>The data</returns>
\r
6637 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.GetPartText(System.String)">
\r
6639 Gets the text set in the given part.
\r
6641 <param name="part">The TEXT part to retrieve the text off.</param>
\r
6642 <returns></returns>
\r
6644 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.SetPartText(System.String,System.String)">
\r
6646 Sets the text set in the given part.
\r
6648 <param name="part">The TEXT part to retrieve the text off.</param>
\r
6649 <param name="text">The text to set.</param>
\r
6650 <returns></returns>
\r
6652 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.BoxAppend(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6654 Append child to layout box part.
\r
6655 Once the object is appended, it will become child of the layout.
\r
6656 Its lifetime will be bound to the layout, whenever the layout dies the child will be deleted automatically.
\r
6658 <param name="part">The part</param>
\r
6659 <param name="child">The Object to append</param>
\r
6660 <returns>Sucess is true</returns>
\r
6662 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.BoxPrepend(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6664 Prepend child to layout box part.
\r
6665 Once the object is prepended, it will become child of the layout.
\r
6666 Its lifetime will be bound to the layout, whenever the layout dies the child will be deleted automatically.
\r
6668 <param name="part">The part</param>
\r
6669 <param name="child">The Object to prepend</param>
\r
6670 <returns>Sucess is true</returns>
\r
6672 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.BoxRemove(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6674 Remove a child of the given part box.
\r
6675 The object will be removed from the box part and its lifetime will not be handled by the layout anymore.
\r
6677 <param name="part">The part</param>
\r
6678 <param name="child">The Object to remove</param>
\r
6679 <returns>Sucess is true</returns>
\r
6681 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.BoxRemoveAll(System.String,System.Boolean)">
\r
6683 Remove all children of the given part box.
\r
6684 The objects will be removed from the box part and their lifetime will not be handled by the layout anymore.
\r
6686 <param name="part">The part</param>
\r
6687 <param name="clear">If true, then all objects will be deleted as well, otherwise they will just be removed and will be dangling on the canvas.</param>
\r
6688 <returns>Sucess is true</returns>
\r
6690 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.BoxInsertAt(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.UInt32)">
\r
6692 Insert child to layout box part at a given position.
\r
6693 Once the object is inserted, it will become child of the layout.
\r
6694 Its lifetime will be bound to the layout, whenever the layout dies the child will be deleted automatically.
\r
6696 <param name="part">The part</param>
\r
6697 <param name="child">The child object to insert into box.</param>
\r
6698 <param name="position">The numeric position >=0 to insert the child.</param>
\r
6699 <returns>Sucess is true</returns>
\r
6701 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.BoxInsertBefore(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6703 Insert child to layout box part before a reference object.
\r
6704 Once the object is inserted, it will become child of the layout.
\r
6705 Its lifetime will be bound to the layout, whenever the layout dies the child will be deleted automatically.
\r
6707 <param name="part"></param>
\r
6708 <param name="child">The child object to insert into box.</param>
\r
6709 <param name="reference">Another reference object to insert before in box.</param>
\r
6710 <returns>Sucess is true</returns>
\r
6712 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6714 Sets the layout content.
\r
6716 <param name="part">The swallow part name in the edje file</param>
\r
6717 <param name="content">The child that will be added in this layout object.</param>
\r
6718 <returns>TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise</returns>
\r
6720 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Boolean)">
\r
6722 Sets the layout content.
\r
6724 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
\r
6725 <param name="content">The content</param>
\r
6726 <param name="preserveOldContent">true, preserve old content will be unset. false, preserve old content will not be unset.</param>
\r
6727 <returns>TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise</returns>
\r
6729 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.SetTheme(System.String,System.String,System.String)">
\r
6731 Sets the edje group from the elementary theme that is used as a layout.
\r
6733 <param name="klass">The class of the group</param>
\r
6734 <param name="group">The group</param>
\r
6735 <param name="style">The style to use</param>
\r
6737 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.SetFile(System.String,System.String)">
\r
6739 Sets the file that is used as a layout.
\r
6741 <param name="file">The path to the file (edj) that is used as a layout</param>
\r
6742 <param name="group">The group that the layout belongs to in the edje file</param>
\r
6744 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Layout.BackgroundColor">
\r
6746 Sets the back ground color of layout
\r
6749 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.SetVerticalTextAlignment(System.String,System.Double)">
\r
6751 Sets the vertical text alignment of layout's text part
\r
6754 API, elm_layout_text_valign_set, is an internal API only in Tizen. Avalilable since Tizen_4.0.
\r
6757 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.GetVerticalTextAlignment(System.String)">
\r
6759 Gets the vertical text alignment of layout's text part
\r
6762 API, elm_layout_text_valign_get, is internal API only in Tizen. Avalilable since Tizen_4.0.
\r
6765 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Layout.CreateHandle(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6767 Sets the content at a part of a given container widget.
\r
6769 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Layout as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
6770 <returns>The new object, otherwise null if it cannot be created</returns>
\r
6772 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ListMode">
\r
6774 Enumeration for setting list's resizing behavior, transverse axis scrolling and items cropping.
\r
6777 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ListMode.Compress">
\r
6779 The list won't set any of its size hints to inform how a possible container should resize it.
\r
6780 Then, if it's not created as a "resize object", it might end with zeroed dimensions.
\r
6781 The list will respect the container's geometry and, if any of its items won't fit into its transverse axis, one won't be able to scroll it in that direction.
\r
6784 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ListMode.Scroll">
\r
6786 This is the same as Compress, with the exception that if any of its items won't fit into its transverse axis, one will be able to scroll it in that direction.
\r
6789 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ListMode.Limit">
\r
6791 Sets a minimum size hint on the genlist object, so that containers may respect it (and resize itself to fit the child properly).
\r
6792 More specifically, a minimum size hint will be set for its transverse axis, so that the largest item in that direction fits well.
\r
6793 This is naturally bound by the list object's maximum size hints, set externally.
\r
6796 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ListMode.Expand">
\r
6798 Besides setting a minimum size on the transverse axis, just like on Limit, the list will set a minimum size on th longitudinal axis, trying to reserve space to all its children to be visible at a time.
\r
6799 This is naturally bound by the list object's maximum size hints, set externally.
\r
6802 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ListItemEventArgs">
\r
6804 It inherits System.EventArgs.
\r
6805 It contains Item which is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ListItem"/> type.
\r
6806 All events of List contain ListItemEventArgs as a parameter.
\r
6809 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ListItemEventArgs.Item">
\r
6811 Gets or sets List item. The return type is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ListItem"/>.
\r
6814 <member name="T:ElmSharp.List">
\r
6816 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Layout"/>.
\r
6817 The List is a widget that aims to display simple list item which has 2 icons and 1 text, and can be selected.
\r
6818 For more robust lists, <see cref="T:ElmSharp.GenList"/> should probably be used.
\r
6820 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenList"/>
\r
6821 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.GenGrid"/>
\r
6823 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6825 Creates and initializes a new instance of the List class.
\r
6827 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by List as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
6829 <member name="P:ElmSharp.List.Mode">
\r
6831 Gets or sets which mode to use for the list.
\r
6834 <member name="P:ElmSharp.List.SelectedItem">
\r
6836 Gets the selected item.
\r
6839 <member name="E:ElmSharp.List.ItemSelected">
\r
6841 ItemSelected is raised when a new list item is selected.
\r
6844 <member name="E:ElmSharp.List.ItemUnselected">
\r
6846 ItemUnselected is raised when the list item is Unselected.
\r
6849 <member name="E:ElmSharp.List.ItemDoubleClicked">
\r
6851 ItemDoubleClicked is raised when a new list item is double clicked.
\r
6854 <member name="E:ElmSharp.List.ItemLongPressed">
\r
6856 ItemLongPressed is raised when a list item is pressed for a certain amount of time. By default it's 1 second.
\r
6859 <member name="E:ElmSharp.List.ItemActivated">
\r
6861 ItemActivated is raised when a new list item is double clicked or pressed (enter|return|spacebar).
\r
6864 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.Update">
\r
6867 Call before running <see cref="M:ElmSharp.EvasObject.Show"/> on the list object.
\r
6868 If not called, it won't display the list properly.
\r
6871 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.Append(System.String)">
\r
6873 Appends a new item with a text to the end of a given list widget.
\r
6875 <param name="label">The text for the item.</param>
\r
6876 <returns>Return a new added list item that contains a text.</returns>
\r
6877 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.ListItem"/>
\r
6879 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.Append(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6881 Appends a new item with a text and 2 icons to the end of a given list widget.
\r
6883 <param name="label">The text for the item.</param>
\r
6884 <param name="leftIcon">The left icon for the item.</param>
\r
6885 <param name="rightIcon">The right icon for the item.</param>
\r
6886 <returns>Return a new added list item that contains a text and 2 icons.</returns>
\r
6887 <seealso cref="T:ElmSharp.ListItem"/>
\r
6889 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.Prepend(System.String)">
\r
6891 Prepends a new item with a text to the beginning of a given list widget.
\r
6893 <param name="label">The text for the item.</param>
\r
6894 <returns>Return a new added list item that contains a text.</returns>
\r
6896 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.Prepend(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6898 Prepends a new item with a text and 2 icons to the beginning of a given list widget.
\r
6900 <param name="label">The text for the item.</param>
\r
6901 <param name="leftIcon">The left icon for the item.</param>
\r
6902 <param name="rigthIcon">The right icon for the item.</param>
\r
6903 <returns>Return a new added list item that contains a text and 2 icons.</returns>
\r
6905 <member name="M:ElmSharp.List.Clear">
\r
6907 Removes all items from a given list widget.
\r
6908 To delete just one item, use <see cref="M:ElmSharp.ItemObject.Delete"/>.
\r
6911 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ListItem">
\r
6913 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ItemObject"/>.
\r
6914 A instance to the list item added.
\r
6915 It contains Text, LeftIcon and RightIcon properties to show a list item which is given.
\r
6918 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ListItem.Text">
\r
6920 Gets the text for the list item.
\r
6923 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ListItem.LeftIcon">
\r
6925 Gets the left icon for the list item.
\r
6928 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ListItem.RightIcon">
\r
6930 Gets the right icon for the list item.
\r
6933 <member name="T:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry">
\r
6935 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Layout"/>.
\r
6936 The MultiButtonEntry is a widget letting an user enter text and each chunk of text managed as a set of buttons.
\r
6937 Each text button is inserted by pressing the "return" key. If there is no space in the current row, a new button is added to the next row.
\r
6938 When a text button is pressed, it will become focused. Backspace removes the focus. When the multi-button entry loses focus, items longer than one line are shrunk to one line.
\r
6939 The typical use case of multi-button entry is composing emails/messages to a group of addresses, each of which is an item that can be clicked for further actions.
\r
6942 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
6944 Creates and initializes a new instance of the MultiButtonEntry class.
\r
6946 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by MultiButtonEntry as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
6948 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Clicked">
\r
6950 Clicked is raised when a MultiButtonEntry is clicked.
\r
6953 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Expanded">
\r
6955 Expanded is raised when a MultiButtonEntry is expanded.
\r
6958 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Contracted">
\r
6960 Contracted is raised when a MultiButtonEntry is contracted.
\r
6963 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.ExpandedStateChanged">
\r
6965 ExpandedStateChanged is raised when shrink mode state of MultiButtonEntry is changed.
\r
6968 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.ItemSelected">
\r
6970 ItemSelected is raised when an item is selected by api, user interaction, and etc.
\r
6971 This is also raised when a user press back space while cursor is on the first field of entry.
\r
6974 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.ItemClicked">
\r
6976 ItemClicked is raised when an item is clicked by user interaction.
\r
6979 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.ItemLongPressed">
\r
6981 ItemLongPressed is raised when MultiButtonEntry item is pressed for a long time.
\r
6984 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.ItemAdded">
\r
6986 ItemAdded is raised when a new MultiButtonEntry item is added.
\r
6989 <member name="E:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.ItemDeleted">
\r
6991 ItemDeleted is raised when a MultiButtonEntry item is deleted.
\r
6994 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.SelectedItem">
\r
6996 Gets the selected item in the multibuttonentry.
\r
6999 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.IsEditable">
\r
7001 Gets or sets whether the multibuttonentry is editable or not.
\r
7004 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.IsExpanded">
\r
7006 Gets or sets the multibuttonentry to expanded state.
\r
7007 If true, expanded state.
\r
7008 If false, single line state.
\r
7011 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.FirstItem">
\r
7013 Gets the first item in the multibuttonentry.
\r
7016 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.LastItem">
\r
7018 Gets the last item in the multibuttonentry.
\r
7021 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Entry">
\r
7023 Gets the entry object int the multibuttonentry.
\r
7026 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Append(System.String)">
\r
7028 Append a new item to the multibuttonentry.
\r
7030 <param name="label">The label of new item.</param>
\r
7031 <returns>A MultiButtonEntryItem to the item added.</returns>
\r
7033 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Prepend(System.String)">
\r
7035 Prepend a new item to the multibuttonentry.
\r
7037 <param name="label">The label of new item.</param>
\r
7038 <returns>A MultiButtonEntryItem to the item added.</returns>
\r
7040 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem,System.String)">
\r
7042 Add a new item to the multibuttonentry before the indicated object reference.
\r
7044 <param name="before">The item before which to add it.</param>
\r
7045 <param name="label">The label of new item.</param>
\r
7046 <returns>A MultiButtonEntryItem to the item added.</returns>
\r
7048 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem,System.String)">
\r
7050 Add a new item to the multibuttonentry after the indicated object.
\r
7052 <param name="after">The item after which to add it.</param>
\r
7053 <param name="label">The label of new item.</param>
\r
7054 <returns>A MultiButtonEntryItem to the item added.</returns>
\r
7056 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.Clear">
\r
7058 Remove all items in the multibuttonentry.
\r
7061 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.AppendFilter(System.Func{System.String,System.Boolean})">
\r
7063 Append an item filter function for text inserted in the Multibuttonentry.
\r
7065 <param name="func">The function to use as item filter.</param>
\r
7067 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.PrependFilter(System.Func{System.String,System.Boolean})">
\r
7069 Prepend a filter function for text inserted in the Multibuttonentry.
\r
7071 <param name="func">The function to use as text filter.</param>
\r
7073 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.RemoveFilter(System.Func{System.String,System.Boolean})">
\r
7075 Remove a filter from the list.
\r
7077 <param name="func">The filter function to remove.</param>
\r
7079 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntry.SetFormatCallback(System.Func{System.Int32,System.String})">
\r
7081 Set a function to format the string that will be used to display the hidden items counter.
\r
7082 If func is NULL, the default format will be used, which is "+ 'the hidden items counter'".
\r
7084 <param name="func">The function to return string to show</param>
\r
7086 <member name="T:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItemEventArgs">
\r
7088 It inherits System.EventArgs.
\r
7089 The MultiButtonEntryItemEventArgs is a argument for all events of MultiButtonEntry.
\r
7090 It contains Item which is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem"/> type.
\r
7093 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItemEventArgs.Item">
\r
7095 Gets or sets MultiButtonEntryItem item. The return type is <see cref="T:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem"/>.
\r
7098 <member name="T:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem">
\r
7100 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ItemObject"/>.
\r
7101 MutltiButtonEntryItem is a item which is added to MultiButtonEntry.
\r
7102 It contains Next and Prev properties to get next and previous item.
\r
7105 <member name="M:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem.#ctor(System.String)">
\r
7107 Creates and initializes a new instance of the MultiButtonEntryItem class.
\r
7109 <param name="text">The text of MultiButtonEntryItem's Label name.</param>
\r
7111 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem.Label">
\r
7113 Gets the label of this item.
\r
7116 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem.IsSelected">
\r
7118 Gets or sets the selected state of an item.
\r
7121 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem.Next">
\r
7123 Get the next item in the multibuttonentry.
\r
7126 <member name="P:ElmSharp.MultiButtonEntryItem.Prev">
\r
7128 Get the previous item in the multibuttonentry.
\r
7131 <member name="T:ElmSharp.NaviframeEventArgs">
\r
7133 The NaviframeEventArgs is a event args class for navi frame.
\r
7134 Inherits EventArgs
\r
7137 <member name="P:ElmSharp.NaviframeEventArgs.Content">
\r
7139 Sets or gets the content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".
\r
7142 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Naviframe">
\r
7144 Naviframe is a widget to stands for navigation frame. It's a views manager for applications.
\r
7148 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7150 Creates and initializes a new instance of Naviframe class.
\r
7152 <param name="parent">The parent is a given container which will be attached by Naviframe as a child. It's <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> type.</param>
\r
7154 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Naviframe.Popped">
\r
7156 Popped will be triggered when NaviItem is removed.
\r
7159 It is always called when NaviItem was removed.
\r
7160 (even if removed by NaviItem.Delete())
\r
7161 This event will be invoked in progress of Pop/Delete operation.
\r
7162 After called Popped event, Pop/Delete method will be returned
\r
7165 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Naviframe.AnimationFinished">
\r
7167 AnimationFinished will be triggered when animation is finished.
\r
7170 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Naviframe.NavigationStack">
\r
7172 Gets the list of navi item
\r
7175 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Naviframe.PreserveContentOnPop">
\r
7177 Sets or gets the the preserve content objects when items are popped.
\r
7180 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Naviframe.DefaultBackButtonEnabled">
\r
7182 Sets or gets whether the default back button is enabled
\r
7185 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.Push(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7187 Push a new item to the top of the naviframe stack and show it.
\r
7188 The title and style are null.
\r
7190 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
\r
7191 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
\r
7193 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.Push(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String)">
\r
7195 Push a new item to the top of the naviframe stack and show it.
\r
7196 The style are null.
\r
7198 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
\r
7199 <param name="title">The current item title. null would be default.</param>
\r
7200 <returns></returns>
\r
7202 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.Push(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String,System.String)">
\r
7204 Push a new item to the top of the naviframe stack and show it.
\r
7206 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
\r
7207 <param name="title">The current item title. null would be default.</param>
\r
7208 <param name="style">The current item style name. null would be default.</param>
\r
7209 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
\r
7211 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.NaviItem,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7213 Insert a new item into the naviframe before item.
\r
7214 The title is "" and the style is null.
\r
7216 <param name="before">The item which the new item is inserted before.</param>
\r
7217 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
\r
7218 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
\r
7220 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.NaviItem,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String)">
\r
7222 Insert a new item into the naviframe before item.
\r
7223 The style is null.
\r
7225 <param name="before">The item which the new item is inserted before.</param>
\r
7226 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
\r
7227 <param name="title">The current item title. null would be default.</param>
\r
7228 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
\r
7230 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.NaviItem,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String,System.String)">
\r
7232 Insert a new item into the naviframe before item.
\r
7234 <param name="before">The item which the new item is inserted before.</param>
\r
7235 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
\r
7236 <param name="title">The current item title. null would be default.</param>
\r
7237 <param name="style">The current item style name. null would be default.</param>
\r
7238 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
\r
7240 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.NaviItem,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7242 Insert a new item into the naviframe after item.
\r
7243 The title is "" and the style is null.
\r
7245 <param name="after">The item which the new item is inserted after.</param>
\r
7246 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
\r
7247 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
\r
7249 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.NaviItem,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String)">
\r
7251 Insert a new item into the naviframe after item.
\r
7252 The style is null.
\r
7254 <param name="after">The item which the new item is inserted after.</param>
\r
7255 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
\r
7256 <param name="title">The current item title. null would be default.</param>
\r
7257 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
\r
7259 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.NaviItem,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String,System.String)">
\r
7261 Insert a new item into the naviframe after item.
\r
7263 <param name="after">The item which the new item is inserted after.</param>
\r
7264 <param name="content">The main content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".</param>
\r
7265 <param name="title">The current item title. null would be default.</param>
\r
7266 <param name="style">The current item style name. null would be default.</param>
\r
7267 <returns>The created item or null upon failure.</returns>
\r
7269 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Naviframe.Pop">
\r
7271 Pop an item that is on top of the stack.
\r
7274 <member name="T:ElmSharp.NaviItem">
\r
7276 The NaviItem is a widget to contain the contents to show in Naviframe.
\r
7277 Inherits ItemObject
\r
7280 <member name="E:ElmSharp.NaviItem.Popped">
\r
7282 Popped will be triggered when NaviItem is removed.
\r
7285 <member name="P:ElmSharp.NaviItem.Content">
\r
7287 Gets the content object. The name of content part is "elm.swallow.content".
\r
7290 <member name="P:ElmSharp.NaviItem.TitleBarVisible">
\r
7292 Sets or gets a value whether title area is enabled or not.
\r
7295 <member name="P:ElmSharp.NaviItem.TitleBarBackgroundColor">
\r
7297 Sets or gets the title bar background color
\r
7300 <member name="P:ElmSharp.NaviItem.Style">
\r
7302 Sets or gets an item style.
\r
7305 <member name="M:ElmSharp.NaviItem.OnInvalidate">
\r
7307 Invalidate the EventArgs if _isPopped is false.
\r
7308 The method should be overridden in children class.
\r
7311 <member name="T:ElmSharp.PanelDirection">
\r
7313 Enumeration for paneldirection type.
\r
7316 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PanelDirection.Top">
\r
7321 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PanelDirection.Bottom">
\r
7326 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PanelDirection.Left">
\r
7331 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PanelDirection.Right">
\r
7336 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Panel">
\r
7338 The Panel is a container that can contain subobjects.
\r
7341 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Panel.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7343 Creates and initializes a new instance of Panel class.
\r
7345 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Panel will be attached as a child.</param>
\r
7347 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panel.IsOpen">
\r
7349 Sets or gets the hidden status of a given Panel widget.
\r
7352 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panel.Direction">
\r
7354 Sets or gets the direction of a given Panel widget.
\r
7357 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Panel.Toggled">
\r
7359 Toggled will be triggered when toggles Panel.
\r
7362 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Panel.SetScrollable(System.Boolean)">
\r
7364 Enable or disable scrolling in the Panel.
\r
7366 <param name="enable">
\r
7367 Bool value can be false or true.
\r
7370 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Panel.SetScrollableArea(System.Double)">
\r
7372 Sets the scroll size of Panel.
\r
7374 <param name="ratio">
\r
7375 The size of scroll area.
\r
7378 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Panel.Toggle">
\r
7380 Toggles the hidden state of the Panel.
\r
7383 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Panes">
\r
7385 The Panes is a widget that adds a draggable bar between two contents.
\r
7386 When dragged this bar resizes contents' size.
\r
7389 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Panes.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7391 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Panes class.
\r
7393 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Panes will be attached as a child.</param>
\r
7395 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Panes.Pressed">
\r
7397 Pressed will be triggered when panes have been pressed (button isn't released yet).
\r
7400 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Panes.Unpressed">
\r
7402 Unpressed will be triggered when panes are released after being pressed.
\r
7405 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.IsFixed">
\r
7407 Sets or gets resize mode of a given Panes widget.
\r
7408 True means the left and right panes resize homogeneously.
\r
7411 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.Proportion">
\r
7413 Sets or Gets the size proportion of the Panes widget's left side.
\r
7416 By default it's homogeneous, i.e., both sides have the same size.If something different is required,
\r
7417 it can be set with this function. For example, if the left content should be displayed over 75% of the panes size,
\r
7418 size should be passed as 0.75. This way, the right content is resized to 25% of the panes size.
\r
7419 If displayed vertically, left content is displayed at the top, and right content at the bottom.
\r
7420 This proportion changes when the user drags the panes bar.
\r
7422 The value is float type and between 0.0 and 1.0 representing the size proportion of the left side.
\r
7425 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.IsHorizontal">
\r
7427 Sets or gets the orientation of a given Panes widget.
\r
7430 Use this function to change how your panes is to be disposed: vertically or horizontally.
\r
7431 Horizontal panes have "top" and "bottom" contents, vertical panes have "left" and "right" contents.
\r
7432 By default panes is in a vertical mode.
\r
7435 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.LeftMinimumSize">
\r
7437 Sets or gets the absolute minimum size of panes widget's left side.
\r
7438 If displayed vertically, left content is displayed at top.
\r
7439 value representing minimum size of left side in pixels.
\r
7442 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.LeftMinimumRelativeSize">
\r
7444 Sets or gets the relative minimum size of panes widget's left side.
\r
7445 proportion of minimum size of left side.
\r
7446 If displayed vertically, left content is displayed at top.
\r
7447 value between 0.0 and 1.0 representing size proportion of minimum size of left side.
\r
7450 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.RightMinimumSize">
\r
7452 Sets or gets the absolute minimum size of panes widget's right side.
\r
7453 If displayed vertically, right content is displayed at top.
\r
7454 value representing minimum size of right side in pixels.
\r
7457 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Panes.RightMinimumRelativeSize">
\r
7459 Sets or gets the relative minimum size of panes widget's right side.
\r
7460 proportion of minimum size of right side.
\r
7461 If displayed vertically, right content is displayed at top.
\r
7462 value between 0.0 and 1.0 representing size proportion of minimum size of right side.
\r
7465 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Point">
\r
7467 The Point is a struct that defines a 2-D point as a pair of generic type.
\r
7470 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Point.X">
\r
7472 Location along the horizontal axis.
\r
7475 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Point.Y">
\r
7477 Location along the vertical axis.
\r
7480 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Point.op_Equality(ElmSharp.Point,ElmSharp.Point)">
\r
7482 Whether the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" />s are equal.
\r
7484 <param name="p1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" /> on the left hand side.</param>
\r
7485 <param name="p2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" /> on the right hand side.</param>
\r
7486 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" />s have equal values.</returns>
\r
7488 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Point.op_Inequality(ElmSharp.Point,ElmSharp.Point)">
\r
7490 Whether two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" />s are not equal.
\r
7492 <param name="p1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" /> on the left hand side.</param>
\r
7493 <param name="p2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" /> on the right hand side.</param>
\r
7494 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point" />s do not have equal values.</returns>
\r
7496 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Point3D">
\r
7498 The Point3D is a Struct that defining a 3-D point.
\r
7501 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Point3D.X">
\r
7503 The X coordinate of a 3D point.
\r
7506 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Point3D.Y">
\r
7508 The Y coordinate of a 3D point.
\r
7511 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Point3D.Z">
\r
7513 The Z coordinate of a 3D point.
\r
7516 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Point3D.op_Equality(ElmSharp.Point3D,ElmSharp.Point3D)">
\r
7518 Whether the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" />s are equal.
\r
7520 <param name="p1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" /> on the left hand side.</param>
\r
7521 <param name="p2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" /> on the right hand side.</param>
\r
7522 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" />s have equal values.</returns>
\r
7524 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Point3D.op_Inequality(ElmSharp.Point3D,ElmSharp.Point3D)">
\r
7526 Whether two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" />s are not equal.
\r
7528 <param name="p1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" /> on the left hand side.</param>
\r
7529 <param name="p2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" /> on the right hand side.</param>
\r
7530 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Point3D" />s do not have equal values.</returns>
\r
7532 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Polygon">
\r
7534 The Polygon is a widget that used to draw a polygon (filled).
\r
7537 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Polygon.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7539 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Polygon class.
\r
7540 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Polygon will be attached as a child.</param>
\r
7543 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Polygon.AddPoint(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
7545 Adds a new vertex to the Polygon.
\r
7546 <param name="x">The X coordinate of the new vertex.</param>
\r
7547 <param name="y">The Y coordinate of the new vertex.</param>
\r
7550 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Polygon.AddPoint(ElmSharp.Point)">
\r
7552 Adds a new vertex to the Polygon.
\r
7553 <param name="p">The coordinates of the new vertex.</param>
\r
7556 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Polygon.ClearPoints">
\r
7558 Removes all the vertices of the Polygon, making it empty.
\r
7561 <member name="T:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation">
\r
7563 Enumeration for the popup orientation type.
\r
7566 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.Top">
\r
7568 Appears in the top of parent, default.
\r
7571 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.Center">
\r
7573 Appears in the center of parent.
\r
7576 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.Bottom">
\r
7578 Appears in the bottom of parent.
\r
7581 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.Left">
\r
7583 Appears in the left of parent.
\r
7586 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.Right">
\r
7588 Appears in the right of parent.
\r
7591 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.TopLeft">
\r
7593 Appears in the top left of parent.
\r
7596 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.TopRight">
\r
7598 Appears in the top right of parent.
\r
7601 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.BottomLeft">
\r
7603 Appears in the bottom left of parent.
\r
7606 <member name="F:ElmSharp.PopupOrientation.BottomRight">
\r
7608 Appears in the bottom right of parent.
\r
7611 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Popup">
\r
7613 The Popup is a widget that is an enhancement of Notify.
\r
7614 In addition to content area, there are two optional sections, namely title area and action area.
\r
7617 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Popup.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7619 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Popup class.
\r
7621 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Popup will be attached as a child.</param>
\r
7623 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Popup.Dismissed">
\r
7625 Dismissed will be triggered when Popup have been dismissed.
\r
7628 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Popup.OutsideClicked">
\r
7630 OutsideClicked will be triggered when users taps on the outside of Popup.
\r
7633 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Popup.TimedOut">
\r
7635 OutsideClicked will be triggered when Popup is closed as a result of timeout.
\r
7638 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Popup.ShowAnimationFinished">
\r
7640 OutsideClicked will be triggered when the Popup transition is finished in showing.
\r
7643 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Popup.Orientation">
\r
7645 Sets or gets the position in which Popup will appear in its parent.
\r
7648 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Popup.ContentTextWrapType">
\r
7650 Sets or gets the wrapping type of content text packed in content area of Popup widget.
\r
7653 <!-- "P:ElmSharp.Popup.Timeout" 멤버에 대해 잘못된 형식의 XML 주석은 무시됩니다. -->
\r
7654 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Popup.AllowEvents">
\r
7656 Sets or gets whether events should be passed to event blocked area by a click outside.
\r
7659 The visible region of popup is surrounded by a translucent region called Blocked Event area.
\r
7662 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Popup.AlignmentX">
\r
7664 Sets or gets the AlignmentX in which the popup will appear in its parent.
\r
7667 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Popup.AlignmentY">
\r
7669 Sets or gets the AlignmentY in which the popup will appear in its parent.
\r
7672 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Popup.Opacity">
\r
7674 Gets the Opacity value of the Popup.
\r
7677 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Popup.Append(System.String)">
\r
7679 Adds label to a Popup widget.
\r
7681 <param name="label"></param>
\r
7682 <returns>The new PopupItem which contains label .</returns>
\r
7684 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Popup.Append(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7686 Adds Label and icon to a Popup widget.
\r
7688 <param name="label">The Label which will be added into a new PopupItem. </param>
\r
7689 <param name="icon">The icon which will be added into a new PopupItem. </param>
\r
7690 <returns>The new PopupItem which contains label and icon.</returns>
\r
7692 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Popup.Dismiss">
\r
7694 Uses this function to dismiss the popup in hide effect.
\r
7695 when the Popup is dismissed, the "dismissed" signal will be emitted.
\r
7698 <member name="T:ElmSharp.PopupItem">
\r
7700 The PopupItem is a class that including icon and text.
\r
7703 <member name="P:ElmSharp.PopupItem.Text">
\r
7705 Gets the text label of popupitem.Return value is string.
\r
7708 <member name="P:ElmSharp.PopupItem.Icon">
\r
7710 Gets the icon EvasObject of popupitem.
\r
7713 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ProgressBar">
\r
7715 The ProgressBar is a widget for visually representing the progress status of a given job/task.
\r
7718 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7720 Creates and initializes a new instance of the ProgressBar class.
\r
7722 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new ProgressBar will be attached as a child.</param>
\r
7724 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.ValueChanged">
\r
7726 ValueChanged will be triggered when value of ProgressBar change.
\r
7729 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.IsPulseMode">
\r
7731 Sets or gets the value wheather a given ProgressBar widget is at the "pulsing mode".
\r
7734 By default, progress bars display values from low to high value boundaries.
\r
7735 There are, though, contexts in which the progress of a given task is unknown.
\r
7736 For such cases, one can set a progress bar widget to a "pulsing state",
\r
7737 to give the user an idea that some computation is being held,
\r
7738 but without exact progress values. In the default theme,
\r
7739 it animates its bar with the contents filling in constantly and back to non-filled, in a loop.
\r
7742 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.Value">
\r
7744 Sets or gets the value of ProgressBar.
\r
7747 Use this property to set the progress bar levels.
\r
7748 If you pass a value out of the specified range(0.0~1.0),
\r
7749 it is interpreted as the closest of the boundary values in the range.
\r
7752 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.SpanSize">
\r
7754 Sets or gets the span value of ProgressBar.
\r
7757 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.IsHorizontal">
\r
7759 Sets or gets the value wheather a given ProgressBar widget is horizontal.
\r
7762 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.IsInverted">
\r
7764 Sets or gets the value whether a given progress bar widget's displaying values are inverted.
\r
7767 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.UnitFormat">
\r
7769 Sets or gets format string for a given progress bar widget's units label.
\r
7772 If NULL is passed on format, it makes obj units area to be hidden completely.
\r
7773 If not, it sets the format string for the units label's text.
\r
7774 The units label is provided with a floating point value, so the units text displays at most one floating point value.
\r
7775 Note that the units label is optional. Use a format string such as "%1.2f meters" for example.
\r
7778 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.PlayPulse">
\r
7780 Starts a given progress bar "pulsing" animation, if its under that mode.
\r
7783 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.StopPulse">
\r
7785 Stops a given progress bar "pulsing" animation, if its under that mode.
\r
7788 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.GetPartValue(System.String)">
\r
7790 Gets the part value of the given part of the Progressbar.
\r
7792 <param name="part">Part of the Progressbar.</param>
\r
7793 <returns>Returns value range is from 0.0 to 1.0.</returns>
\r
7795 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.Color">
\r
7797 Sets or gets the general or main color of the given Progressbar.
\r
7800 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ProgressBar.SetPartValue(System.String,System.Double)">
\r
7802 Sets the part value of the give part of the Progressbar.
\r
7804 <param name="part">Part of the Progressbar.</param>
\r
7805 <param name="value">Value range is from 0.0 to 1.0.</param>
\r
7807 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Radio">
\r
7809 The Radio is a widget that allows for 1 or more options to be displayed and have the user choose only 1 of them.
\r
7812 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Radio.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7814 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Radio class.
\r
7816 <param name="parent">The EvasObject to which the new Radio will be attached as a child.</param>
\r
7818 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Radio.ValueChanged">
\r
7820 ValueChanged will be triggered when value of Radio change.
\r
7823 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Radio.StateValue">
\r
7825 Sets or gets a unique value to each Radio button.
\r
7828 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Radio.GroupValue">
\r
7830 Sets or gets the value of the radio group.
\r
7833 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Radio.SetGroup(ElmSharp.Radio)">
\r
7835 Adds this radio to a group of other radio objects.
\r
7837 <param name="group">Group which add radio in.</param>
\r
7839 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Rect">
\r
7841 The Rect is a struct that represent rectangluar space.
\r
7844 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Rect.#ctor(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
7846 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Rect class.
\r
7848 <param name="x">X axis value.</param>
\r
7849 <param name="y">Y axis value.</param>
\r
7850 <param name="w">Width value.</param>
\r
7851 <param name="h">Height value.</param>
\r
7853 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.X">
\r
7855 Gets or sets the position of this Rectangle on the X axis.
\r
7858 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Y">
\r
7860 Gets or sets the position of this Rectangle on the Y axis.
\r
7863 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Width">
\r
7865 Gets or sets the width of this Rectangle.
\r
7868 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Height">
\r
7870 Gets or sets the height of this Rectangle.
\r
7873 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Left">
\r
7875 Gets the position of this Rectangle on the X axis.
\r
7878 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Right">
\r
7880 Gets the extent along the X axis.
\r
7883 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Top">
\r
7885 Gets the position of this Rectangle on the Y axis.
\r
7888 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Bottom">
\r
7890 Gets the extent along the Y axis.
\r
7893 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Location">
\r
7895 Gets the Point defined by Rectangle.Left and Rectangle.Top.
\r
7898 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Rect.Size">
\r
7900 Gets the extent of the Rectangle along its X and Y axis.
\r
7903 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Rect.op_Equality(ElmSharp.Rect,ElmSharp.Rect)">
\r
7905 Whether the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" />s are equal.
\r
7907 <param name="r1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" /> on the left hand side.</param>
\r
7908 <param name="r2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" /> on the right hand side.</param>
\r
7909 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" />s have equal values.</returns>
\r
7911 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Rect.op_Inequality(ElmSharp.Rect,ElmSharp.Rect)">
\r
7913 Whether two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" />s are not equal.
\r
7915 <param name="r1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" /> on the left hand side.</param>
\r
7916 <param name="r2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" /> on the right hand side.</param>
\r
7917 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Rectangle" />s do not have equal values.</returns>
\r
7919 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Rectangle">
\r
7921 The Rectangle is a class that used to draw a solid colored rectangle.
\r
7924 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Rectangle.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7926 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Rectangle class.
\r
7928 <param name="parent">The <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> to which the new Slider will be attached as a child.</param>
\r
7930 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ScrollBarVisiblePolicy">
\r
7932 Enumeration for visible type of scrollbar.
\r
7935 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Auto">
\r
7937 Show scrollbars as needed
\r
7940 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Visible">
\r
7942 Always show scrollbars
\r
7945 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Invisible">
\r
7947 Never show scrollbars
\r
7950 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ScrollBlock">
\r
7952 Enumeration for visible type of scrollbar.
\r
7955 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollBlock.None">
\r
7957 Scrolling movement is allowed in both direction.(X axis and Y axis)
\r
7960 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollBlock.Vertical">
\r
7962 Scrolling movement is not allowed in Y axis direction.
\r
7965 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollBlock.Horizontal">
\r
7967 Scrolling movement is not allowed in X axis direction.
\r
7970 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ScrollSingleDirection">
\r
7972 Type that controls how the content is scrolled.
\r
7975 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollSingleDirection.None">
\r
7977 Scroll every direction.
\r
7980 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollSingleDirection.Soft">
\r
7982 Scroll single direction if the direction is certain.
\r
7985 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ScrollSingleDirection.Hard">
\r
7987 Scroll only single direction.
\r
7990 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Scroller">
\r
7992 The Scroller is a container that holds and clips a single object and allows you to scroll across it.
\r
7995 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Scroller.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
7997 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Scroller class.
\r
7999 <param name="parent">The <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> to which the new Scroller will be attached as a child.</param>
\r
8001 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Scroller.Scrolled">
\r
8003 Scrolled will be triggered when the content has been scrolled.
\r
8006 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Scroller.DragStart">
\r
8008 DragStart will be triggered when dragging the contents around has started.
\r
8011 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Scroller.DragStop">
\r
8013 DragStop will be triggered when dragging the contents around has stopped.
\r
8016 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Scroller.PageScrolled">
\r
8018 PageScrolled will be triggered when the visible page has changed.
\r
8021 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.CurrentRegion">
\r
8023 Gets the current region in the content object that is visible through the Scroller.
\r
8026 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalScrollBarVisiblePolicy">
\r
8028 Sets or gets the value of HorizontalScrollBarVisiblePolicy
\r
8031 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Auto means the horizontal scrollbar is made visible if it is needed, and otherwise kept hidden.
\r
8032 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Visible turns it on all the time, and ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Invisible always keeps it off.
\r
8035 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalScrollBarVisiblePolicy">
\r
8037 Sets or gets the value of VerticalScrollBarVisiblePolicy
\r
8040 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Auto means the vertical scrollbar is made visible if it is needed, and otherwise kept hidden.
\r
8041 ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Visible turns it on all the time, and ScrollBarVisiblePolicy.Invisible always keeps it off.
\r
8044 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.ScrollBlock">
\r
8046 Sets or gets the value of ScrollBlock.
\r
8049 This function will block scrolling movement in a given direction.One can disable movements in the X axis, the Y axis or both.
\r
8050 The default value is ScrollBlock.None, where movements are allowed in both directions.
\r
8053 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalPageIndex">
\r
8055 Sets or gets scroll current page number.
\r
8058 Current page means the page which meets the top of the viewport.
\r
8059 If there are two or more pages in the viewport, it returns the number of the page which meets the top of the viewport.
\r
8060 The page number starts from 0. 0 is the first page.
\r
8063 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalPageIndex">
\r
8065 Sets or gets scroll current page number.
\r
8068 Current page means the page which meets the left of the viewport.
\r
8069 If there are two or more pages in the viewport, it returns the number of the page which meets the left of the viewport.
\r
8070 The page number starts from 0. 0 is the first page.
\r
8073 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalPageScrollLimit">
\r
8075 Sets or gets the maximum limit of the movable page at vertical direction.
\r
8078 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalPageScrollLimit">
\r
8080 Sets or gets the maximum limit of the movable page at horizontal direction.
\r
8083 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalBounce">
\r
8085 Sets or gets the vertical bounce behaviour.
\r
8086 When scrolling, the scroller may "bounce" when reaching an edge of the content object.
\r
8087 This is a visual way to indicate the end has been reached.
\r
8088 This is enabled by default for both axis.
\r
8089 This API will set if it is enabled for the given axis with the boolean parameters for each axis.
\r
8092 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalBounce">
\r
8094 Sets or gets the horizontal bounce behaviour.
\r
8095 When scrolling, the scroller may "bounce" when reaching an edge of the content object.
\r
8096 This is a visual way to indicate the end has been reached.
\r
8097 This is enabled by default for both axis.
\r
8098 This API will set if it is enabled for the given axis with the boolean parameters for each axis.
\r
8101 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.ChildWidth">
\r
8103 Gets the width of the content object of the scroller.
\r
8106 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.ChildHeight">
\r
8108 Gets the height of the content object of the scroller.
\r
8111 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalGravity">
\r
8113 Set scrolling gravity values for a scroller.
\r
8114 The gravity, defines how the scroller will adjust its view when the size of the scroller contents increase.
\r
8115 The scroller will adjust the view to glue itself as follows.
\r
8116 x=0.0, for staying where it is relative to the left edge of the content x=1.0, for staying where it is relative to the rigth edge of the content y=0.0, for staying where it is relative to the top edge of the content y=1.0, for staying where it is relative to the bottom edge of the content
\r
8117 Default values for x and y are 0.0
\r
8120 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalGravity">
\r
8122 Set scrolling gravity values for a scroller.
\r
8123 The gravity, defines how the scroller will adjust its view when the size of the scroller contents increase.
\r
8124 The scroller will adjust the view to glue itself as follows.
\r
8125 x=0.0, for staying where it is relative to the left edge of the content x=1.0, for staying where it is relative to the rigth edge of the content y=0.0, for staying where it is relative to the top edge of the content y=1.0, for staying where it is relative to the bottom edge of the content
\r
8126 Default values for x and y are 0.0
\r
8129 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.LastVerticalPageNumber">
\r
8131 Get scroll last page number.
\r
8132 The page number starts from 0. 0 is the first page. This returns the last page number among the pages.
\r
8135 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.LastHorizontalPageNumber">
\r
8137 Get scroll last page number.
\r
8138 The page number starts from 0. 0 is the first page. This returns the last page number among the pages.
\r
8141 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalLoop">
\r
8143 Set an infinite loop_ for a scroller.
\r
8144 This function sets the infinite loop vertically.
\r
8145 If the content is set, it will be shown repeatedly.
\r
8148 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalLoop">
\r
8150 Set an infinite loop_ for a scroller.
\r
8151 This function sets the infinite loop horizontally.
\r
8152 If the content is set, it will be shown repeatedly.
\r
8155 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalRelativePageSize">
\r
8157 Gets or sets a given scroller widget's scrolling page size, relative to its viewport size.
\r
8160 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalRelativePageSize">
\r
8162 Gets or sets a given scroller widget's scrolling page size, relative to its viewport size.
\r
8165 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalSnap">
\r
8167 Gets or Sets the page snapping behavior of a scroller.
\r
8170 When scrolling, if a scroller is paged (see VerticalRelativePageSize),
\r
8171 the scroller may snap to pages when being scrolled, i.e., even if it had momentum to scroll further,
\r
8172 it will stop at the next page boundaries. This is disabled, by default, for both axis.
\r
8173 This function will set if it that is enabled or not, for each axis.
\r
8176 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalSnap">
\r
8178 Gets or Sets the page snapping behavior of a scroller.
\r
8181 When scrolling, if a scroller is paged (see HorizontalRelativePageSize),
\r
8182 the scroller may snap to pages when being scrolled, i.e., even if it had momentum to scroll further,
\r
8183 it will stop at the next page boundaries. This is disabled, by default, for both axis.
\r
8184 This function will set if it that is enabled or not, for each axis.
\r
8187 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.PageHeight">
\r
8189 Gets or sets the page size to an absolute fixed value, with 0 turning it off for that axis.
\r
8192 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.PageWidth">
\r
8194 Gets or sets the page size to an absolute fixed value, with 0 turning it off for that axis.
\r
8197 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.ContentPropagateEvents">
\r
8199 Gets or sets the event propagation for a scroller.
\r
8200 This enables or disables event propagation from the scroller content to the scroller and its parent.
\r
8201 By default event propagation is enabled.
\r
8204 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.HorizontalStepSize">
\r
8206 Gets or sets the step size to move scroller by key event.
\r
8209 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.VerticalStepSize">
\r
8211 Gets or sets the step size to move scroller by key event.
\r
8214 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.WheelDisabled">
\r
8216 Gets or sets a value whether mouse wheel is enabled or not over the scroller.
\r
8219 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Scroller.SingleDirection">
\r
8221 Gets or sets the type of single direction scroll.
\r
8224 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Scroller.MinimumLimit(System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
\r
8226 Sets the scroller minimum size limited to the minimum size of the content.
\r
8227 By default the scroller will be as small as its design allows, irrespective of its content.
\r
8228 This will make the scroller minimum size the right size horizontally and/or vertically to perfectly fit its content in that direction.
\r
8230 <param name="horizontal">Enable limiting minimum size horizontally</param>
\r
8231 <param name="vertical">Enable limiting minimum size vertically</param>
\r
8233 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Scroller.SetPageSize(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
8235 Sets the page size to an absolute fixed value, with 0 turning it off for that axis.
\r
8237 <param name="width">The horizontal page size.</param>
\r
8238 <param name="height">The vertical page size.</param>
\r
8240 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Scroller.SetPageSize(System.Double,System.Double)">
\r
8242 Sets the scroll page size relative to the viewport size.
\r
8245 The scroller is capable of limiting scrolling by the user to "pages".
\r
8246 That is to jump by and only show a "whole page" at a time as if the continuous area of the scroller
\r
8247 content is split into page sized pieces. This sets the size of a page relative to the viewport of the scroller.
\r
8248 1.0 is "1 viewport" which is the size (horizontally or vertically). 0.0 turns it off in that axis.
\r
8249 This is mutually exclusive with the page size (see elm_scroller_page_size_set() for more information).
\r
8250 Likewise 0.5 is "half a viewport". Usable values are normally between 0.0 and 1.0 including 1.0.
\r
8251 If you only want 1 axis to be page "limited", use 0.0 for the other axis.
\r
8253 <param name="width">The horizontal page relative size.</param>
\r
8254 <param name="height">The vertical page relative size.</param>
\r
8256 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Scroller.ScrollTo(System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
\r
8258 Shows a specific virtual region within the scroller content object by the page number.
\r
8259 (0, 0) of the indicated page is located at the top-left corner of the viewport.
\r
8261 <param name="horizontalPageIndex">The horizontal page number.</param>
\r
8262 <param name="verticalPageIndex">The vertical page number.</param>
\r
8263 <param name="animated">True means slider with animation.</param>
\r
8265 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Scroller.ScrollTo(ElmSharp.Rect,System.Boolean)">
\r
8267 Shows a specific virtual region within the scroller content object.
\r
8270 This ensures that all (or part, if it does not fit) of the designated region in the virtual content object ((0, 0)
\r
8271 starting at the top-left of the virtual content object) is shown within the scroller.
\r
8272 If set "animated" to true, it will allows the scroller to "smoothly slide" to this location
\r
8273 (if configuration in general calls for transitions).
\r
8274 It may not jump immediately to the new location and may take a while and show other content along the way.
\r
8276 <param name="region">Rect struct of region.</param>
\r
8277 <param name="animated">True means allows the scroller to "smoothly slide" to this location.</param>
\r
8279 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Size">
\r
8281 The Size is a struct that defining height and width as a pair of generic type.
\r
8284 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Size.Width">
\r
8286 Magnitude along the horizontal axis, in platform-defined units.
\r
8289 <member name="F:ElmSharp.Size.Height">
\r
8291 Magnitude along the vertical axis, in platform-specific units.
\r
8294 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Size.#ctor(System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
8296 Initializes a new instance of the Size structure from the specified dimensions.
\r
8298 <param name="width">The width to set</param>
\r
8299 <param name="height">The height to set</param>
\r
8301 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Size.ToString">
\r
8303 A human-readable representation of the <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" />.
\r
8305 <returns>The string is formatted as "{{Width={0} Height={1}}}".</returns>
\r
8307 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Size.op_Equality(ElmSharp.Size,ElmSharp.Size)">
\r
8309 Whether the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" />s are equal.
\r
8311 <param name="s1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" /> on the left hand side.</param>
\r
8312 <param name="s2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" /> on the right hand side.</param>
\r
8313 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" />s have equal values.</returns>
\r
8315 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Size.op_Inequality(ElmSharp.Size,ElmSharp.Size)">
\r
8317 Whether two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" />s are not equal.
\r
8319 <param name="s1">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" /> on the left hand side.</param>
\r
8320 <param name="s2">A <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" /> on the right hand side.</param>
\r
8321 <returns>True if the two <see cref="T:Tizen.UI.Size" />s do not have equal values.</returns>
\r
8323 <member name="T:ElmSharp.SliderIndicatorVisibleMode">
\r
8325 Enumeration for the Slider's indicator visiblity mode.
\r
8328 <member name="F:ElmSharp.SliderIndicatorVisibleMode.Default">
\r
8330 Show indicator on mouse down or change in slider value.
\r
8333 <member name="F:ElmSharp.SliderIndicatorVisibleMode.Always">
\r
8335 Always show the indicator.
\r
8338 <member name="F:ElmSharp.SliderIndicatorVisibleMode.OnFocus">
\r
8340 Show the indicator on focus.
\r
8343 <member name="F:ElmSharp.SliderIndicatorVisibleMode.None">
\r
8345 Never show the indicator.
\r
8348 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Slider">
\r
8350 The Slider is a widget that adds a draggable slider widget for selecting the value of something within a range.
\r
8353 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Slider.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
8355 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Slider class.
\r
8357 <param name="parent">The <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> to which the new Slider will be attached as a child.</param>
\r
8359 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Slider.ValueChanged">
\r
8361 ValueChanged will be triggered when the Slider value is changed by the user.
\r
8364 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Slider.DelayedValueChanged">
\r
8366 DelayedValueChanged will be triggered when a short time after the value is changed by the user.
\r
8367 This will be called only when the user stops dragging for a very short period or when they release their finger/mouse,
\r
8368 so it avoids possibly expensive reactions to the value change.
\r
8371 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Slider.DragStarted">
\r
8373 DragStarted will be triggered when dragging the Slider indicator around has started.
\r
8376 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Slider.DragStopped">
\r
8378 DragStopped will be triggered when dragging the Slider indicator around has stopped.
\r
8381 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.SpanSize">
\r
8383 Sets or gets the (exact) length of the bar region of a given Slider widget.
\r
8386 This sets the minimum width (when in the horizontal mode) or height (when in the vertical mode)
\r
8387 of the actual bar area of the slider obj. This in turn affects the object's minimum size.
\r
8388 Use this when you're not setting other size hints expanding on the given direction
\r
8389 (like weight and alignment hints), and you would like it to have a specific size.
\r
8392 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.IndicatorFormat">
\r
8394 Sets or gets the format string for the indicator label.
\r
8397 The slider may display its value somewhere other than the unit label,
\r
8398 for example, above the slider knob that is dragged around. This function sets the format string
\r
8399 used for this.If NULL, the indicator label won't be visible. If not, it sets the format string
\r
8400 for the label text. For the label text floating point value is provided, so the label text can
\r
8401 display up to 1 floating point value. Note that this is optional.Use a format string
\r
8402 such as "%1.2f meters" for example, and it displays values like: "3.14 meters" for a value
\r
8403 equal to 3.14159.By default, the indicator label is disabled.
\r
8406 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.IsHorizontal">
\r
8408 Sets or gets the orientation of a given slider widget.
\r
8411 The orientation may be vertically or horizontally.By default, it's displayed horizontally.
\r
8414 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.Minimum">
\r
8416 Sets or gets the minimum values for the slider.
\r
8419 This defines the allowed minimum values to be selected by the user.
\r
8420 If the actual value is less than min, it is updated to min.
\r
8421 Actual value can be obtained with Value.By default, min is equal to 0.0.
\r
8424 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.Maximum">
\r
8426 Sets or gets the maximum values for the slider.
\r
8429 This defines the allowed maximum values to be selected by the user.
\r
8430 If the actual value is bigger then max, it is updated to max.
\r
8431 Actual value can be obtained with Value.By default, min is equal to 0.0, and max is equal to 1.0.
\r
8432 Maximum must be greater than minimum, otherwise the behavior is undefined.
\r
8435 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.Value">
\r
8437 Gets or sets the value displayed by the slider.
\r
8440 Value will be presented on the unit label following format specified with UnitFormat and
\r
8441 on indicator with IndicatorFormat.The value must to be between Minimum and Maximum values.
\r
8444 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.Step">
\r
8446 Sets or gets the step by which the slider indicator moves.
\r
8449 This value is used when the draggable object is moved automatically i.e.,
\r
8450 in case of a key event when up/down/left/right key is pressed or in case accessibility
\r
8451 is set and the flick event is used to inc/dec slider values.
\r
8452 By default, the step value is equal to 0.05.
\r
8455 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.IsInverted">
\r
8457 Gets or sets whether a given slider widget's displaying values are inverted.
\r
8460 A slider may be inverted, in which case it gets its values inverted,
\r
8461 with high values being on the left or top and low values on the right or bottom,
\r
8462 as opposed to normally have the low values on the former and high values on the latter,
\r
8463 respectively, for the horizontal and vertical modes.
\r
8466 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.IsIndicatorVisible">
\r
8468 Sets or gets whether to enlarge the slider indicator (augmented knob).
\r
8471 By default, the indicator is bigger when dragged by the user.
\r
8472 It won't display values set with IndicatorFormat if you disable the indicator.
\r
8475 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.IndicatorVisibleMode">
\r
8477 Sets or gets the visible mode of slider indicator.
\r
8480 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Slider.IsIndicatorFocusable">
\r
8482 Sets or gets whether to Show the indicator of slider on focus.
\r
8485 <member name="T:ElmSharp.SmartEvent`1">
\r
8487 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.IInvalidatable"/>.
\r
8488 The event with TEventArgs for <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/>.
\r
8489 EvasObject can elect SmartEvent occurring inside of them to be reported back to their users via delegates.
\r
8490 This way, you can extend EvasObject's own <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent"/>.
\r
8491 They are defined by an event string, which identifies them uniquely.
\r
8493 <typeparam name="TEventArgs">The parameter for the event.</typeparam>
\r
8495 <member name="T:ElmSharp.SmartEvent`1.SmartEventInfoParser">
\r
8497 The delegate for creating smart event item args.
\r
8499 <param name="data">The item data.</param>
\r
8500 <param name="obj">The sender obj.</param>
\r
8501 <param name="info">The item sender obj.</param>
\r
8502 <returns>Return smart event item args.</returns>
\r
8504 <member name="M:ElmSharp.SmartEvent`1.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String,ElmSharp.SmartEvent{`0}.SmartEventInfoParser)">
\r
8506 Creates and initializes a new instance of the SmartEvent class.
\r
8508 <param name="sender">The source of the event.</param>
\r
8509 <param name="eventName">The event name.</param>
\r
8510 <param name="parser">The event parameter.</param>
\r
8512 <member name="M:ElmSharp.SmartEvent`1.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String)">
\r
8514 Creates and initializes a new instance of the SmartEvent class.
\r
8516 <param name="sender">The source of the event.</param>
\r
8517 <param name="eventName">The event name.</param>
\r
8519 <member name="E:ElmSharp.SmartEvent`1.On">
\r
8521 Adds or removes delegate for event.
\r
8524 <member name="M:ElmSharp.SmartEvent`1.MakeInvalidate">
\r
8526 Make current instance invalidate.
\r
8529 <member name="T:ElmSharp.SmartEvent">
\r
8531 It inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.IInvalidatable"/>.
\r
8532 EvasObject can elect SmartEvent occurring inside of them to be reported back to their users via delegates.
\r
8533 This way, you can extend EvasObject's own <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObjectEvent"/>.
\r
8534 They are defined by an event string, which identifies them uniquely.
\r
8537 <member name="M:ElmSharp.SmartEvent.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String)">
\r
8539 Creates and initializes a new instance of the SmartEvent class.
\r
8541 <param name="sender">The source of the event.</param>
\r
8542 <param name="eventName">The event name.</param>
\r
8544 <member name="E:ElmSharp.SmartEvent.On">
\r
8546 Adds or removes delegate for event.
\r
8549 <member name="M:ElmSharp.SmartEvent.MakeInvalidate">
\r
8551 Make current instance invalidate.
\r
8554 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Spinner">
\r
8556 The Spinner is a widget that increase or decrease numeric values using arrow buttons, or edit values directly.
\r
8557 Inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Layout"/>.
\r
8560 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Spinner.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
8562 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Spinner class.
\r
8564 <param name="parent">The parent of new Spinner instance</param>
\r
8566 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Spinner.ValueChanged">
\r
8568 ValueChanged will be triggered whenever the spinner value is changed.
\r
8571 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Spinner.DelayedValueChanged">
\r
8573 DelayedValueChanged will be triggered after a short time when the value is changed.
\r
8576 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.LabelFormat">
\r
8578 Sets or gets the label format of the spinner.
\r
8581 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.Minimum">
\r
8583 Sets or gets the minimum value for the spinner.
\r
8586 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.Maximum">
\r
8588 Sets or gets the maximum value for the spinner.
\r
8591 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.Step">
\r
8593 Sets or gets the step that used to increment or decrement the spinner value.
\r
8596 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.Value">
\r
8598 Sets or gets the value displayed by the spinner.
\r
8601 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.Interval">
\r
8603 Sets or gets the interval on time updates for an user mouse button hold on spinner widgets' arrows.
\r
8606 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.RoundBase">
\r
8608 Sets or gets the base for rounding.
\r
8611 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.RoundValue">
\r
8613 Sets or gets the round value for rounding.
\r
8616 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.IsWrapEnabled">
\r
8618 Sets or gets the wrap of a given spinner widget.
\r
8621 If wrap is disabled, when the user tries to increment the value, but displayed value plus step value is bigger than maximum value, the new value will be the maximum value.
\r
8622 If wrap is enabled, when the user tries to increment the value, but displayed value plus step value is bigger than maximum value, the new value will be the minimum value.
\r
8623 By default it's disabled.
\r
8626 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Spinner.IsEditable">
\r
8628 Sets or gets whether the spinner can be directly edited by the user or not.
\r
8630 <remarks>By default it is enabled</remarks>
\r
8632 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Spinner.AddSpecialValue(System.Double,System.String)">
\r
8634 Set a special string to display in the place of the numerical value.
\r
8636 <param name="value">The numerical value to be replaced</param>
\r
8637 <param name="label">The label to be used</param>
\r
8639 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Spinner.RemoveSpecialValue(System.Double)">
\r
8641 Remove a previously added special value, After this, the spinner will display the value itself instead of a label.
\r
8643 <param name="value">The replaced numerical value</param>
\r
8645 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Spinner.GetSpecialValue(System.Double)">
\r
8647 Get the special string display in the place of the numerical value.
\r
8649 <param name="value">The replaced numerical value.</param>
\r
8650 <returns>The value of the spinner which replaced numerical value with special string</returns>
\r
8652 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Table">
\r
8654 The Table is a container widget to arrange other widgets in a table where items can span multiple columns or rows .
\r
8655 Inherits <see cref="T:ElmSharp.Container"/>.
\r
8658 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Table.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
8660 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Table class.
\r
8662 <param name="parent">
\r
8663 A <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/> to which the new Table instance will be attached.
\r
8666 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Table.Homogeneous">
\r
8668 Sets or gets whether the layout of this table is homogeneous.
\r
8670 <remarks>True for homogeneous, False for no homogeneous</remarks>
\r
8672 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Table.PaddingX">
\r
8674 Sets or gets the horizontal padding between the cells.
\r
8677 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Table.PaddingY">
\r
8679 Sets or gets the vertical padding between the cells.
\r
8682 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Table.Pack(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
8684 Adds a subobject on the table with the coordinates passed.
\r
8686 <param name="obj">The subobject to be added to the table</param>
\r
8687 <param name="col">The column number</param>
\r
8688 <param name="row">The row number</param>
\r
8689 <param name="colspan">The column span</param>
\r
8690 <param name="rowspan">The row span</param>
\r
8692 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Table.Unpack(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
8694 Removes the child from the table.
\r
8696 <param name="obj">The subobject</param>
\r
8698 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Table.Clear">
\r
8700 Removes all child objects from a table object.
\r
8703 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Table.SetPartColor(System.String,ElmSharp.Color)">
\r
8705 Sets the color for particular part of the table.
\r
8707 <param name="part">The name of part class</param>
\r
8708 <param name="color">The color</param>
\r
8710 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Table.GetPartColor(System.String)">
\r
8712 Gets the color of particular part of the table.
\r
8714 <param name="part">The name of part class, it could be 'bg', 'elm.swllow.content'</param>
\r
8715 <returns>The color of the particular part</returns>
\r
8717 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarSelectionMode">
\r
8719 Enumeration for the selection mode of Toolbar.
\r
8722 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarSelectionMode.Default">
\r
8724 Default select mode.
\r
8727 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarSelectionMode.Always">
\r
8729 Always select mode.
\r
8732 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarSelectionMode.None">
\r
8737 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarSelectionMode.DisplayOnly">
\r
8739 No select mode with no finger size rule.
\r
8742 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarShrinkMode">
\r
8744 Enumeration that sets the toolbar items display behavior, it can be scrollable, can show a menu with exceeding items, or simply hide them.
\r
8747 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarShrinkMode.None">
\r
8749 Sets minimum toolbar size to fit all the items.
\r
8752 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarShrinkMode.Hide">
\r
8754 Hides exceeding items.
\r
8757 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarShrinkMode.Scroll">
\r
8759 Allows accessing exceeding items through a scroller.
\r
8762 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarShrinkMode.Menu">
\r
8764 Inserts a button to pop up a menu with exceeding items.
\r
8767 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarShrinkMode.Expand">
\r
8769 Expands all items according to the size of the toolbar.
\r
8772 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarIconLookupOrder">
\r
8774 Enumeration for the icon lookup order of Toolbar.
\r
8777 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarIconLookupOrder.FreedesktopTheme">
\r
8779 Icon look up order: freedesktop, theme.
\r
8782 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarIconLookupOrder.ThemeFreedesktop">
\r
8784 Icon look up order: theme, freedesktop.
\r
8787 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarIconLookupOrder.Freedesktop">
\r
8789 Icon look up order: freedesktop.
\r
8792 <member name="F:ElmSharp.ToolbarIconLookupOrder.Theme">
\r
8794 Icon look up order: theme.
\r
8797 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItemEventArgs">
\r
8799 Event arguments for events of <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem"/>.
\r
8802 Inherits EventArgs.
\r
8805 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ToolbarItemEventArgs.Item">
\r
8807 Gets the ToolbarItem.
\r
8810 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Toolbar">
\r
8812 The Toolbar is a widget that displays a list of items inside a box.
\r
8815 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
8817 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Toolbar class.
\r
8819 <param name="parent">
\r
8820 A EvasObject to which the new Table instance will be attached.
\r
8823 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Selected">
\r
8825 Selected will be triggered when toolbar have been selected.
\r
8828 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Homogeneous">
\r
8830 Sets or gets whether the layout of this toolbar is homogeneous.
\r
8832 <remarks>True for homogeneous, False for no homogeneous</remarks>
\r
8834 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.SelectionMode">
\r
8836 Sets or gets the slection mode of a given Toolbar widget.
\r
8839 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.ShrinkMode">
\r
8841 Sets or gets the shrink mode of a given Toolbar widget.
\r
8844 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.IconLookupOrder">
\r
8846 Sets or gets the icon lookup order, for toolbar items' icons.
\r
8847 The default lookup order is ToolbarIocnLookupOrder.ThemeFreedesktop.
\r
8848 Icons added before calling this function will not be affected.
\r
8851 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.IconSize">
\r
8853 Sets or gets the icon size of a given toolbar widget.
\r
8854 Default value is 32 pixels, to be used by toolbar items.
\r
8857 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.ItemsCount">
\r
8859 Gets the number of items in a toolbar widget.
\r
8862 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.ItemAlignment">
\r
8864 Sets or gets the alignment of the items.
\r
8866 <remarks>The toolbar items alignment, a float between 0.0 and 1.0</remarks>
\r
8868 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.TransverseExpansion">
\r
8870 Sets or gets the item's transverse expansion of a given toolbar widget.
\r
8873 The transverse expansion of the item, true for on and false for off.
\r
8874 By default it's false.
\r
8877 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String)">
\r
8879 Appends ToolbarItem which just contains label to the toolbar.
\r
8881 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
\r
8882 <returns>The new ToolbarItem which appended to the toolbar</returns>
\r
8883 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String,System.String)"/>
\r
8884 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String)"/>
\r
8886 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String,System.String)">
\r
8888 Appends ToolbarItem which contains label and icon to the toolbar.
\r
8890 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
\r
8891 <param name="icon">A string with the icon name or the absolute path of an image file</param>
\r
8892 <returns>The new ToolbarItem which appended to the toolbar</returns>
\r
8893 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String)"/>
\r
8894 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String)"/>
\r
8895 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String,System.String)"/>
\r
8897 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String)">
\r
8899 Prepends ToolbarItem which just contains label to the toolbar.
\r
8901 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
\r
8902 <returns>The new ToolbarItem which prepended to the toolbar</returns>
\r
8903 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String)"/>
\r
8904 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String,System.String)"/>
\r
8905 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String,System.String)"/>
\r
8907 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String,System.String)">
\r
8909 Prepends ToolbarItem which contains label and icon to the toolbar.
\r
8911 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
\r
8912 <param name="icon">A string with the icon name or the absolute path of an image file</param>
\r
8913 <returns>The new <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem"/> which prepended to the toolbar</returns>
\r
8914 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String)"/>
\r
8915 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Append(System.String,System.String)"/>
\r
8916 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.Prepend(System.String)"/>
\r
8918 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.ToolbarItem,System.String)">
\r
8920 Inserts a new item which just contains label into the toolbar object before item <paramref name="before"/>.
\r
8922 <param name="before">The toolbar item to insert before</param>
\r
8923 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
\r
8924 <returns>The new <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem"/> which insert into the toolbar</returns>
\r
8925 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.ToolbarItem,System.String,System.String)"/>
\r
8927 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.ToolbarItem,System.String,System.String)">
\r
8929 Inserts a new item which contains label and icon into the toolbar object before item <paramref name="before"/>.
\r
8931 <param name="before">The toolbar item to insert before</param>
\r
8932 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
\r
8933 <param name="icon">A string with the icon name or the absolute path of an image file</param>
\r
8934 <returns>The new <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem"/> which insert into the toolbar</returns>
\r
8935 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.InsertBefore(ElmSharp.ToolbarItem,System.String)"/>
\r
8937 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.InsertAfter(ElmSharp.ToolbarItem,System.String,System.String)">
\r
8939 Inserts a new item which contains label and icon into the toolbar object after item <paramref name="after"/>.
\r
8941 <param name="after">The toolbar item to insert after</param>
\r
8942 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
\r
8943 <param name="icon">A string with the icon name or the absolute path of an image file</param>
\r
8944 <returns>The new <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem"/> which insert into the toolbar</returns>
\r
8946 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Toolbar.FindItemByLabel(System.String)">
\r
8948 Find the item with that label in the toolbar.
\r
8950 <param name="label">The label of the item</param>
\r
8951 <returns>The <see cref="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem"/> into the toolbar</returns>
\r
8953 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.SelectedItem">
\r
8955 Gets the selected ToolbarItemItem of the toolbar.
\r
8958 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.FirstItem">
\r
8960 Gets the first ToolbarItemItem of the toolbar.
\r
8963 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Toolbar.LastItem">
\r
8965 Gets the last ToolbarItemItem of the toolbar.
\r
8968 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem">
\r
8970 The ToolbarItem is a item of Toolbar.
\r
8973 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.Icon">
\r
8975 Sets or gets the icon path of the item.
\r
8978 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.Text">
\r
8980 Sets or gets the text string of the item.
\r
8983 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.Enabled">
\r
8985 Sets or gets the enable of the item.
\r
8988 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.IsSeparator">
\r
8990 Sets or gets whether displaying the item as a separator.
\r
8992 <remarks>Items aren't set as a separator by default. If set as a separator it displays a separator theme, so it won't display icons or labels.</remarks>
\r
8994 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.IsSelected">
\r
8996 Sets or gets whether the item is selected.
\r
8999 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.Selected">
\r
9001 Selected will be triggered when the item is selected.
\r
9004 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.LongPressed">
\r
9006 LongPressed will be triggered when the item is pressed long time.
\r
9009 <member name="E:ElmSharp.ToolbarItem.Clicked">
\r
9011 Clicked will be triggered when the item is clicked.
\r
9014 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Transit">
\r
9016 Transit is designed to apply various animated transition effects, such like translation, rotation, etc.
\r
9017 For using these effects, create an Transit and add the desired transition effects.
\r
9019 <remarks>Transit is not reusable. If the effect ends, the transit is destroyed automatically.</remarks>
\r
9021 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Transit.Deleted">
\r
9023 A callback called when the transit is deleted.
\r
9026 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.#ctor">
\r
9028 Creates and initializes a new instance of Transit class.
\r
9031 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.Duration">
\r
9033 Gets or sets the transit animation time
\r
9036 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.ObjectStateKeep">
\r
9038 Gets or sets a value whether the objects states will be keep or not.
\r
9039 If it is not kept, the objects states will be reset when transition ends.
\r
9042 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.TweenMode">
\r
9044 Gets or sets the transit animation acceleration type.
\r
9047 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.Repeat">
\r
9049 Gets or sets the transit repeat count.
\r
9050 If the repeat is a negative number, it will repeat infinite times.
\r
9053 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.AutoReverse">
\r
9055 Gets or sets if the auto reverse is on.
\r
9058 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.EventEnabled">
\r
9060 Gets or sets the event enabled when transit is operating.
\r
9063 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.Smooth">
\r
9065 Gets or sets the smooth scaling for transit map rendering
\r
9066 This gets smooth scaling for transit map rendering.
\r
9069 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.Progress">
\r
9071 Get the time progression of the animation (a double value between 0.0 and 1.0).
\r
9072 The value returned is a fraction(current time / total time).
\r
9073 It represents the progression position relative to the total.
\r
9076 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.BeginAccelerationFactor">
\r
9078 Gets or sets the transit animation tween mode acceleration factor.
\r
9080 <returns>A factor value from 0.0 to 1.0.</returns>
\r
9082 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.EndAccelerationFactor">
\r
9084 Gets or sets the transit animation tween mode acceleration factor.
\r
9086 <returns>A factor value from 0.0 to 1.0.</returns>
\r
9088 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.Go(System.Double)">
\r
9090 Starts the transition in given seconds.
\r
9091 Once this API is called, the transit begins to measure the time.
\r
9093 <param name="interval">The interval value in seconds</param>
\r
9095 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.Pause">
\r
9097 Pause the transition.
\r
9100 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.Resume">
\r
9102 Resume the transition.
\r
9105 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.Chains">
\r
9107 Get the current chained transit list.
\r
9109 <remarks>Cannot add the duplicate transit.</remarks>
\r
9111 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Transit.Objects">
\r
9113 Get the objects list of the transit.
\r
9115 <remarks>Cannot add the duplicate object.</remarks>
\r
9117 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.AddEffect(ElmSharp.EffectBase)">
\r
9121 <param name="effect">EffectBase object.</param>
\r
9123 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.AddObject(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
9125 Add new object to apply the effects.
\r
9126 After the first addition of an object to transit, if its object list become empty again, the transit will be killed.
\r
9127 If the obj belongs to another transit, the obj will be removed from it and it will only belong to the other transit.
\r
9129 <remarks>It is not allowed to add a new object after transit begins.</remarks>
\r
9130 <param name="obj">Object to be animated.</param>
\r
9132 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.RemoveObject(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
9134 Removes an added object from the transit.
\r
9136 <param name="obj">Object to be removed from transit.</param>
\r
9138 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.AddChainedTransit(ElmSharp.Transit)">
\r
9140 Makes the chain relationship between two transits.
\r
9142 <param name="transit">The chain transit object. This transit will be operated after transit is done.</param>
\r
9144 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Transit.DeleteChainedTransit(ElmSharp.Transit)">
\r
9146 Cut off the chain relationship between two transits.
\r
9148 <param name="transit">The chain transit object.</param>
\r
9150 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FlipAxis">
\r
9152 The axis along which flip effect should be applied.
\r
9155 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FlipAxis.X">
\r
9160 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FlipAxis.Y">
\r
9165 <member name="T:ElmSharp.WipeDirection">
\r
9167 The direction in which the wipe effect should occur.
\r
9170 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WipeDirection.Left">
\r
9175 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WipeDirection.Right">
\r
9180 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WipeDirection.Up">
\r
9185 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WipeDirection.Down">
\r
9190 <member name="T:ElmSharp.WipeType">
\r
9192 Whether the wipe effect should show or hide the object.
\r
9195 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WipeType.Hide">
\r
9197 Hide the object during the animation
\r
9200 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WipeType.Show">
\r
9202 Show the object during the animation
\r
9205 <member name="T:ElmSharp.TweenMode">
\r
9207 The type of acceleration used in the transition.
\r
9210 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.Linear">
\r
9215 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.Sinusoidal">
\r
9217 Starts slow, increase speed over time, then decrease again and stop slowly, v1 being a power factor
\r
9220 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.Decelerate">
\r
9222 Starts fast and decrease speed over time, v1 being a power factor
\r
9225 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.Accelerate">
\r
9227 Starts slow and increase speed over time, v1 being a power factor
\r
9230 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.DivisorInterpolate">
\r
9232 Start at gradient v1, interpolated via power of v2 curve
\r
9235 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.Bounce">
\r
9237 Start at 0.0 then "drop" like a ball bouncing to the ground at 1.0, and bounce v2 times, with decay factor of v1
\r
9240 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.Spring">
\r
9242 Start at 0.0 then "wobble" like a spring rest position 1.0, and wobble v2 times, with decay factor of v1
\r
9245 <member name="F:ElmSharp.TweenMode.BezierCurve">
\r
9247 Follow the cubic-bezier curve calculated with the control points (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
\r
9250 <member name="T:ElmSharp.BlendEffect">
\r
9252 Blend effect class.
\r
9255 <member name="M:ElmSharp.BlendEffect.#ctor">
\r
9257 Creates and initializes a new instance of BlendEffect class.
\r
9260 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ColorEffect">
\r
9262 Color effect class.
\r
9265 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ColorEffect.#ctor(ElmSharp.Color,ElmSharp.Color)">
\r
9267 Creates and initializes a new instance of ColorEffect class.
\r
9269 <param name="beginColor">The begin color of the effect</param>
\r
9270 <param name="endColor">The end color of the effect</param>
\r
9272 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorEffect.BeginColor">
\r
9274 The begin color of the effect
\r
9277 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ColorEffect.EndColor">
\r
9279 The end color of the effect
\r
9282 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FadeEffect">
\r
9284 Fade effect class.
\r
9287 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FadeEffect.#ctor">
\r
9289 Creates and initializes a new instance of FadeEffect class.
\r
9292 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FlipEffect">
\r
9294 Flip effect class.
\r
9297 <member name="M:ElmSharp.FlipEffect.#ctor(ElmSharp.FlipAxis,System.Boolean,System.Boolean)">
\r
9299 Creates and initializes a new instance of FlipEffect class.
\r
9301 <param name="axis">Flipping Axis(X or Y).</param>
\r
9302 <param name="clockWise">Flipping Direction. True is clock-wise.</param>
\r
9303 <param name="resizable">Resizable effect with FlipEffect</param>
\r
9305 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipEffect.Axis">
\r
9307 Flipping Axis(X or Y).
\r
9310 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipEffect.ClockWise">
\r
9312 Flipping Direction. True is clock-wise.
\r
9315 <member name="P:ElmSharp.FlipEffect.Resizable">
\r
9317 Resizable FlipEffect.
\r
9320 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ResizingEffect">
\r
9322 Resizing effect class.
\r
9325 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ResizingEffect.#ctor(ElmSharp.Size,ElmSharp.Size)">
\r
9327 Creates and initializes a new instance of FlipEffect class.
\r
9329 <param name="beginSize">The begin Size of the effect</param>
\r
9330 <param name="endSize">The end Size of the effect</param>
\r
9332 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ResizingEffect.BeginSize">
\r
9334 The begin Size of the effect
\r
9337 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ResizingEffect.EndSize">
\r
9339 The end Size of the effect
\r
9342 <member name="T:ElmSharp.RotationEffect">
\r
9344 Rotation effect class.
\r
9347 <member name="M:ElmSharp.RotationEffect.#ctor(System.Single,System.Single)">
\r
9349 Creates and initializes a new instance of RotationEffect class.
\r
9351 <param name="beginDegree">The begin degree of the effect</param>
\r
9352 <param name="endDegree">The end degree of the effect</param>
\r
9354 <member name="P:ElmSharp.RotationEffect.BeginDegree">
\r
9356 The begin degree of the effect
\r
9359 <member name="P:ElmSharp.RotationEffect.EndDegree">
\r
9361 The end degree of the effect
\r
9364 <member name="T:ElmSharp.TranslationEffect">
\r
9366 Translation effect class.
\r
9369 <member name="M:ElmSharp.TranslationEffect.#ctor(ElmSharp.Point,ElmSharp.Point)">
\r
9371 Creates and initializes a new instance of FlipEffect class.
\r
9373 <param name="beginPoint">The begin Point of the effect</param>
\r
9374 <param name="endPoint">The end Point of the effect</param>
\r
9376 <member name="P:ElmSharp.TranslationEffect.BeginPoint">
\r
9378 The begin Point of the effect
\r
9381 <member name="P:ElmSharp.TranslationEffect.EndPoint">
\r
9383 The end Point of the effect
\r
9386 <member name="T:ElmSharp.WipeEffect">
\r
9388 Wipe effect class.
\r
9391 <member name="M:ElmSharp.WipeEffect.#ctor(ElmSharp.WipeType,ElmSharp.WipeDirection)">
\r
9393 Creates and initializes a new instance of WipeEffect class.
\r
9395 <param name="type">Wipe type. Hide or show.</param>
\r
9396 <param name="direction">Wipe Direction.</param>
\r
9398 <member name="P:ElmSharp.WipeEffect.Type">
\r
9400 Wipe type. Hide or show.
\r
9403 <member name="P:ElmSharp.WipeEffect.Direction">
\r
9408 <member name="T:ElmSharp.ZoomEffect">
\r
9410 Zoom effect class.
\r
9413 <member name="M:ElmSharp.ZoomEffect.#ctor(System.Single,System.Single)">
\r
9415 Creates and initializes a new instance of ZoomEffect class.
\r
9417 <param name="beginRate">The begin rate of the effect</param>
\r
9418 <param name="endRate">The end rate of the effect</param>
\r
9420 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ZoomEffect.BeginRate">
\r
9422 The begin rate of the effect
\r
9425 <member name="P:ElmSharp.ZoomEffect.EndRate">
\r
9427 The end rate of the effect
\r
9430 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.AppendGlobalFontPath(System.String)">
\r
9432 Appends a font path to the list of font paths used by the application.
\r
9434 <param name="path">The new font path.</param>
\r
9436 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.PrependEvasGlobalFontPath(System.String)">
\r
9438 Prepends a font path to the list of font paths used by the application.
\r
9440 <param name="path">The new font path.</param>
\r
9442 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.ClearEvasGlobalFontPath">
\r
9444 Removes all font paths loaded into memory by evas_font_path_app_* APIs for the application.
\r
9447 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.SetEdjeColorClass(System.String,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
\r
9449 Sets Edje color class.
\r
9451 <param name="colorClass">Color class</param>
\r
9452 <param name="red">Object Red value</param>
\r
9453 <param name="green">Object Red value</param>
\r
9454 <param name="blue">Object Red value</param>
\r
9455 <param name="alpha">Object Red value</param>
\r
9456 <param name="outlineRed">Outline Red value</param>
\r
9457 <param name="outlineGreen">Outline Green value</param>
\r
9458 <param name="outlineBlue">Outline Blue value</param>
\r
9459 <param name="outlineAlpha">Outline Alpha value</param>
\r
9460 <param name="shadowRed">Shadow Red value</param>
\r
9461 <param name="shadowGreen">Shadow Green value</param>
\r
9462 <param name="shadowBlue">Shadow Bluevalue</param>
\r
9463 <param name="shadowAlpha">Shadow Alpha value</param>
\r
9464 <returns></returns>
\r
9466 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.GetEdjeColorClass(System.String,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
\r
9468 Gets Edje color class.
\r
9470 <param name="colorClass">Color class</param>
\r
9471 <param name="red">Object Red value</param>
\r
9472 <param name="green">Object Red value</param>
\r
9473 <param name="blue">Object Red value</param>
\r
9474 <param name="alpha">Object Red value</param>
\r
9475 <param name="outlineRed">Outline Red value</param>
\r
9476 <param name="outlineGreen">Outline Green value</param>
\r
9477 <param name="outlineBlue">Outline Blue value</param>
\r
9478 <param name="outlineAlpha">Outline Alpha value</param>
\r
9479 <param name="shadowRed">Shadow Red value</param>
\r
9480 <param name="shadowGreen">Shadow Green value</param>
\r
9481 <param name="shadowBlue">Shadow Bluevalue</param>
\r
9482 <param name="shadowAlpha">Shadow Alpha value</param>
\r
9483 <returns></returns>
\r
9485 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.ProcessEdjeMessageSignal">
\r
9487 Processes all queued up edje messages.
\r
9488 This function triggers the processing of messages addressed to any (alive) edje objects.
\r
9491 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.SetEdjeTextClass(System.String,System.String,System.Int32)">
\r
9493 Sets the Edje text class.
\r
9495 <param name="textClass">The text class name</param>
\r
9496 <param name="font">The font name</param>
\r
9497 <param name="size">The font size</param>
\r
9498 <returns>True, on success or false, on error</returns>
\r
9500 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.GetEdjeTextClass(System.String,System.String@,System.Int32@)">
\r
9502 Gets the Edje text class.
\r
9504 <param name="textClass">The text class name</param>
\r
9505 <param name="font">The font name</param>
\r
9506 <param name="size">The font size</param>
\r
9507 <returns>True, on success or false, on error</returns>
\r
9509 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.DeleteEdjeTextClass(System.String)">
\r
9511 Delete the text class.
\r
9513 <param name="textClass"></param>
\r
9515 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.PremulityplyEvasColorByAlpha(System.Int32,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
\r
9517 Pre-multiplies a rgb triplet by an alpha factor.
\r
9519 <param name="alpha">The alpha factor</param>
\r
9520 <param name="red">The Red component of the color</param>
\r
9521 <param name="green">The Green component of the color</param>
\r
9522 <param name="blue">The Blue component of the color</param>
\r
9524 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Utility.UnPremulityplyEvasColorByAlpha(System.Int32,System.Int32@,System.Int32@,System.Int32@)">
\r
9526 Undoes pre-multiplies a rgb triplet by an alpha factor.
\r
9528 <param name="alpha">The alpha factor</param>
\r
9529 <param name="red">The Red component of the color</param>
\r
9530 <param name="green">The Green component of the color</param>
\r
9531 <param name="blue">The Blue component of the color</param>
\r
9533 <member name="T:ElmSharp.FocusDirection">
\r
9535 Enumeration for the focus direction.
\r
9538 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusDirection.Previous">
\r
9540 Previous direction
\r
9543 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusDirection.Next">
\r
9548 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusDirection.Up">
\r
9553 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusDirection.Down">
\r
9558 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusDirection.Right">
\r
9563 <member name="F:ElmSharp.FocusDirection.Left">
\r
9568 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Widget">
\r
9570 The Widget is abstract class, it is the parent of other widgets.
\r
9571 Inherits from <see cref="T:ElmSharp.EvasObject"/>.
\r
9574 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.#ctor(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
9576 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Widget class.
\r
9578 <param name="parent">The parent of new Widget instance</param>
\r
9580 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.UpdatePartContents(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.String)">
\r
9582 Update the part contents
\r
9584 <param name="content">The content which put to the part</param>
\r
9585 <param name="part">The updated part</param>
\r
9587 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Widget.Focused">
\r
9589 Focused will be triggered when the widget is focused.
\r
9592 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Widget.Unfocused">
\r
9594 Unfocused will be triggered when the widget is unfocused.
\r
9597 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.IsEnabled">
\r
9599 Sets or gets the state of the widget, which might be enabled or disabled.
\r
9602 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.Style">
\r
9604 Sets or gets the style of the widget.
\r
9607 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.IsFocused">
\r
9609 Gets whether this widget is focused.
\r
9612 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.IsFocusAllowed">
\r
9614 Gets whether a widget is focusable or not.
\r
9616 <remarks>Widgets which are meant to be interacted with by input events are created able to be focused, by default</remarks>
\r
9618 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.Text">
\r
9620 Sets or gets the text of the widget.
\r
9622 <remarks>It could be override by special child class</remarks>
\r
9624 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.BackgroundColor">
\r
9626 Sets or gets the background color of the widget.
\r
9628 <remarks>It could be override by special child class</remarks>
\r
9630 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.Opacity">
\r
9632 Sets or gets the opacity of the widget.
\r
9634 <remarks>It could be override by special child class</remarks>
\r
9636 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.AllowTreeFocus">
\r
9638 Sets or gets whether a widget and its children are focusable or not.
\r
9641 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.IsMirroredMode">
\r
9643 Sets or gets the widget's mirrored mode.
\r
9646 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Widget.IsAutoMirroredMode">
\r
9648 Sets or gets the widget's mirrored mode setting.
\r
9649 When widget set automatic mode(true), it follows the system mirrored mode.
\r
9652 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetFocus(System.Boolean)">
\r
9654 Sets the widget to be focused or not.
\r
9656 <param name="isFocus">Weather be focused</param>
\r
9658 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.AllowFocus(System.Boolean)">
\r
9660 Sets the ability for a widget to be focused.
\r
9662 <param name="isAllowFocus">True if the object can be focused, false if not(and on errors)</param>
\r
9664 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.FocusNext(ElmSharp.FocusDirection)">
\r
9666 Gives focus to next widget in widget tree.
\r
9668 <param name="direction">Direction to move the focus</param>
\r
9670 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetNextFocusObject(ElmSharp.EvasObject,ElmSharp.FocusDirection)">
\r
9672 Set next widget with specific focus direction.
\r
9674 <param name="next">Focus next widget</param>
\r
9675 <param name="direction">Focus direction</param>
\r
9677 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
9679 Sets content to particular part of the widget, and the preserve old content will not be unset.
\r
9681 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
\r
9682 <param name="content">The content</param>
\r
9683 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Boolean)"/>
\r
9685 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Boolean)">
\r
9687 Sets content to particular part of the widget.
\r
9689 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
\r
9690 <param name="content">The content</param>
\r
9691 <param name="preserveOldContent">true, preserve old content will be unset. false, preserve old content will not be unset.</param>
\r
9692 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartContent(System.String,ElmSharp.EvasObject)"/>
\r
9694 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetContent(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
9696 Sets content to the widget, and the preserve old content will not be unset.
\r
9698 <param name="content">The content</param>
\r
9699 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetContent(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Boolean)"/>
\r
9701 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetContent(ElmSharp.EvasObject,System.Boolean)">
\r
9703 Sets content the widget.
\r
9705 <param name="content">The content</param>
\r
9706 <param name="preserveOldContent">true, preserve old content will be unset. false, preserve old content will not be unset.</param>
\r
9707 <seealso cref="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetContent(ElmSharp.EvasObject)"/>
\r
9709 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartText(System.String,System.String)">
\r
9711 Sets text to particular part of the widget.
\r
9713 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
\r
9714 <param name="text">The text</param>
\r
9716 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.GetPartText(System.String)">
\r
9718 Gets text of a particular part of the widget.
\r
9720 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
\r
9721 <returns>Text of the particular part of the widget</returns>
\r
9723 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartColor(System.String,ElmSharp.Color)">
\r
9725 Sets color of a particular part of the widget.
\r
9727 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
\r
9728 <param name="color">The color be set to widget</param>
\r
9729 <remarks>This method is a virtual method, it could be override by special child class</remarks>
\r
9731 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.GetPartColor(System.String)">
\r
9733 Gets color of the particular part of the widget.
\r
9735 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
\r
9736 <returns>The color of the particular part</returns>
\r
9737 <remarks>This method is a virtual method, it could be override by special child class</remarks>
\r
9739 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.SetPartOpacity(System.String,System.Int32)">
\r
9741 Sets opacity of the particular part of the widget.
\r
9743 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
\r
9744 <param name="opacity">The opacity of the particular part</param>
\r
9746 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Widget.GetPartOpacity(System.String)">
\r
9748 Gets opacity of the particular part of the widget.
\r
9750 <param name="part">The name of particular part</param>
\r
9751 <returns>Opacity value of the particular part</returns>
\r
9753 <member name="T:ElmSharp.DisplayRotation">
\r
9755 Enumeration for the display rotation of window.
\r
9758 <member name="F:ElmSharp.DisplayRotation.Degree_0">
\r
9760 Rotation value of window is 0 degree
\r
9763 <member name="F:ElmSharp.DisplayRotation.Degree_90">
\r
9765 Rotation value of window is 90 degree
\r
9768 <member name="F:ElmSharp.DisplayRotation.Degree_180">
\r
9770 Rotation value of window is 180 degree
\r
9773 <member name="F:ElmSharp.DisplayRotation.Degree_270">
\r
9775 Rotation value of window is 270 degree
\r
9778 <member name="T:ElmSharp.StatusBarMode">
\r
9780 Enumeration for the indicator opacity
\r
9783 <member name="F:ElmSharp.StatusBarMode.Opaque">
\r
9785 Opacifies the status bar
\r
9788 <member name="F:ElmSharp.StatusBarMode.Translucent">
\r
9790 Be translucent the status bar
\r
9796 <member name="F:ElmSharp.StatusBarMode.Transparent">
\r
9798 Transparentizes the status bar
\r
9801 <member name="T:ElmSharp.IndicatorMode">
\r
9803 Enumeration for the indicator mode.
\r
9806 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IndicatorMode.Unknown">
\r
9808 Unknown indicator state.
\r
9811 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IndicatorMode.Hide">
\r
9813 Hides the indicator.
\r
9816 <member name="F:ElmSharp.IndicatorMode.Show">
\r
9818 Shows the indicator.
\r
9821 <member name="T:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode">
\r
9823 Enumeration for the keyboard mode
\r
9826 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Unknown">
\r
9828 Unknown keyboard state
\r
9831 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Off">
\r
9833 Request to deactivate the keyboard
\r
9836 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.On">
\r
9838 Enable keyboard with default layout
\r
9841 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Alpha">
\r
9843 Alpha (a-z) keyboard layout
\r
9846 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Numeric">
\r
9848 Numeric keyboard layout
\r
9851 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Pin">
\r
9853 PIN keyboard layout
\r
9856 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.PhoneNumber">
\r
9858 Phone keyboard layout
\r
9861 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Hex">
\r
9863 Hexadecimal numeric keyboard layout
\r
9866 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.QWERTY">
\r
9868 Full (QWERTY) keyboard layout
\r
9871 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Password">
\r
9873 Password keyboard layout
\r
9876 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.IP">
\r
9878 IP keyboard layout
\r
9881 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Host">
\r
9883 Host keyboard layout
\r
9886 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.File">
\r
9888 File keyboard layout
\r
9891 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.URL">
\r
9893 URL keyboard layout
\r
9896 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.Keypad">
\r
9901 <member name="F:ElmSharp.KeyboardMode.J2ME">
\r
9903 J2ME keyboard layout
\r
9906 <member name="T:ElmSharp.WindowType">
\r
9908 Enumeration for the window type
\r
9911 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Unknown">
\r
9916 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Basic">
\r
9918 A normal window. Indicates a normal, top-level window. Almost every window will be created with this type.
\r
9921 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Dialog">
\r
9923 Used for simple dialog windows.
\r
9926 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Desktop">
\r
9928 For special desktop windows, like a background window holding desktop icons.
\r
9931 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Dock">
\r
9933 The window is used as a dock or panel. Usually would be kept on top of any other window by the Window Manager.
\r
9936 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Toolbar">
\r
9938 The window is used to hold a floating toolbar, or similar.
\r
9941 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Menu">
\r
9943 Similar to Toolbar.
\r
9946 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Utility">
\r
9948 A persistent utility window, like a toolbox or palette.
\r
9951 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Splash">
\r
9953 Splash window for a starting up application.
\r
9956 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.DropdownMenu">
\r
9958 The window is a dropdown menu, as when an entry in a menubar is clicked.
\r
9961 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.PopupMenu">
\r
9963 Like DropdownMenu, but for the menu triggered by right-clicking an object.
\r
9966 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Tooltip">
\r
9968 The window is a tooltip. A short piece of explanatory text that typically appear after the mouse cursor hovers over an object for a while.
\r
9971 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Notification">
\r
9973 A notification window, like a warning about battery life or a new E-Mail received.
\r
9976 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Combo">
\r
9978 A window holding the contents of a combo box.
\r
9981 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.DragAndDrop">
\r
9983 Used to indicate the window is a representation of an object being dragged across different windows, or even applications.
\r
9986 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.InlinedImage">
\r
9988 The window is rendered onto an image buffer. No actual window is created for this type, instead the window and all of its contents will be rendered to an image buffer.
\r
9989 This allows to have children window inside a parent one just like any other object would be, and do other things like applying Evas_Map effects to it.
\r
9992 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.SocketImage">
\r
9994 The window is rendered onto an image buffer and can be shown other process's plug image object.
\r
9995 No actual window is created for this type, instead the window and all of its contents will be rendered to an image buffer and can be shown other process's plug image object.
\r
9998 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WindowType.Fake">
\r
10000 This window was created using a pre-existing canvas. The window widget can be deleted, but the canvas must be managed externally.
\r
10003 <member name="T:ElmSharp.Window">
\r
10005 The Window is container that contain the graphical user interface of a program.
\r
10008 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.#ctor(System.String)">
\r
10010 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Window class.
\r
10012 <param name="name">Window name.</param>
\r
10014 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.#ctor(ElmSharp.Window,System.String)">
\r
10016 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Window class.
\r
10018 <param name="parent">
\r
10019 Parent widget which this widow created on.
\r
10021 <param name="name">
\r
10025 Window constructor.show window indicator,set callback
\r
10026 When closing the window in any way outside the program control,
\r
10027 and set callback when window rotation changed.
\r
10030 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.#ctor(ElmSharp.Window,System.String,ElmSharp.WindowType)">
\r
10032 Creates and initializes a new instance of the Window class.
\r
10034 <param name="parent">
\r
10035 Parent widget which this widow created on.
\r
10037 <param name="name">
\r
10040 <param name="type">
\r
10044 Window constructor.show window indicator,set callback
\r
10045 When closing the window in any way outside the program control,
\r
10046 and set callback when window rotation changed.
\r
10049 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Window.CloseRequested">
\r
10051 CloseRequested will be triggered when Window close.
\r
10054 <member name="E:ElmSharp.Window.RotationChanged">
\r
10056 RotationChanged will be triggered when Window do rotation.
\r
10059 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Name">
\r
10061 Sets or gets Window name.
\r
10064 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Type">
\r
10066 Gets the Window type.
\r
10069 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.ScreenSize">
\r
10071 Gets Window size with Size value(w,h)
\r
10074 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.ScreenDpi">
\r
10076 Gets the screen dpi for the screen that a Window is on.
\r
10079 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Rotation">
\r
10081 Gets the rotation of the Window.The rotation of the window in degrees (0-360).
\r
10084 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.IsRotationSupported">
\r
10086 Gets whether window manager supports window rotation or not.
\r
10089 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.AvailableRotations">
\r
10091 Sets or gets available rotation degree.
\r
10094 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.AutoDeletion">
\r
10096 Sets or gets whether auto deletion function is enable.
\r
10099 If you enable auto deletion, the window is automatically destroyed after the signal is emitted.
\r
10100 If auto deletion is disabled, the window is not destroyed and the program has to handle it.
\r
10103 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Alpha">
\r
10105 Sets or gets the alpha channel state of a window.
\r
10108 True if the window alpha channel is enabled, false otherwise.
\r
10109 If alpha is true, the alpha channel of the canvas will be enabled possibly making parts of the window completely or partially transparent.
\r
10112 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Role">
\r
10114 Sets or gets the role of the window.
\r
10117 The Role will be invalid if a new role is set or if the window is destroyed.
\r
10120 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.StatusBarMode">
\r
10122 Sets or gets the mode of status bar.
\r
10125 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.IndicatorMode">
\r
10127 Gets or sets the window's indicator mode.
\r
10129 <value>The indicator mode.</value>
\r
10131 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Aspect">
\r
10133 Gets or sets the aspect ratio of a window.
\r
10136 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.AutoHide">
\r
10138 Window's autohide state.
\r
10141 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Borderless">
\r
10143 Get the borderless state of a window.
\r
10144 This function requests the Window Manager to not draw any decoration around the window.
\r
10147 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.DemandAttention">
\r
10149 Gets or sets the demand attention state of a window.
\r
10152 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.FloatingMode">
\r
10154 Gets or sets the floating mode of a window.
\r
10157 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.FocusHighlightAnimation">
\r
10159 Gets or sets the animate status for the focus highlight for this window.
\r
10160 This function will enable or disable the animation of focus highlight only for the given window, regardless of the global setting for it.
\r
10163 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.FocusHighlightEnabled">
\r
10165 Gets or sets the enabled status for the focus highlight in a window.
\r
10166 This function will enable or disable the focus highlight only for the given window, regardless of the global setting for it.
\r
10169 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.FocusHighlightStyle">
\r
10171 Gets or sets the style for the focus highlight on this window.
\r
10172 Sets the style to use for theming the highlight of focused objects on the given window.If style is NULL, the default will be used.
\r
10175 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.KeyboardMode">
\r
10177 Get the keyboard mode of the window.
\r
10180 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Layer">
\r
10182 Gets or sets the layer of the window.
\r
10183 What this means exactly will depend on the underlying engine used.
\r
10184 In the case of X11 backed engines, the value in layer has the following meanings
\r
10185 less than 3 means that the window will be placed below all others,
\r
10186 more than 5 means that the window will be placed above all others,
\r
10187 and anything else means that the window will be placed in the default layer.
\r
10190 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Modal">
\r
10192 Gets or sets the modal state of a window.
\r
10195 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.NoBlank">
\r
10197 Gets or sets the noblank property of a window.
\r
10198 This is a way to request the display on which the windowis shown does not blank, screensave or otherwise hide or obscure the window.It is intended for uses such as media playback on a television where a user may not want to be interrupted by an idle screen.
\r
10199 The noblank property may have no effect if the window is iconified/minimized or hidden.
\r
10202 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Profile">
\r
10204 Get the profile of a window.
\r
10207 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.ScreenConstrain">
\r
10209 Get the constraints on the maximum width and height of a window relative to the width and height of its screen.
\r
10210 When this function returns true, obj will never resize larger than the screen.
\r
10213 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.BaseSize">
\r
10215 Gets or sets the base size of a window.
\r
10218 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.StepSize">
\r
10220 Gets or sets the step size of a window.
\r
10223 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.ScreenPositionX">
\r
10225 Get the screen position X of a window.
\r
10228 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.ScreenPositionY">
\r
10230 Get the screen position Y of a window.
\r
10233 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Title">
\r
10235 Gets or sets the title of the window.
\r
10238 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Urgent">
\r
10240 Gets or sets the urgent state of a window.
\r
10243 <member name="P:ElmSharp.Window.Withdrawn">
\r
10245 Gets or sets the withdrawn state of a window.
\r
10248 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.CreateServiceSocket(System.String,System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
\r
10250 Create a socket to provide the service for Plug widget.
\r
10252 <param name="name">A service name</param>
\r
10253 <param name="number">A number (any value, 0 being the common default) to differentiate multiple instances of services with the same name.</param>
\r
10254 <param name="systemWide">A boolean that if true, specifies to create a system-wide service all users can connect to, otherwise the service is private to the user id that created the service.</param>
\r
10255 <returns>If true, create successfull, otherwise false</returns>
\r
10257 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.SetRotation(System.Int32,System.Boolean)">
\r
10259 Set the rotation of the window.
\r
10261 <param name="degree">The rotation of the window, in degrees (0-360), counter-clockwise.</param>
\r
10262 <param name="resize">Resizes the window's contents so that they fit inside the current window geometry.</param>
\r
10264 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.FocusSkip(System.Boolean)">
\r
10266 Set the window to be skipped by focus.
\r
10267 This sets the window to be skipped by normal input.
\r
10268 This means a window manager will be asked to not focus this window as well as omit it from things like the taskbar, pager etc.
\r
10269 Call this and enable it on a window BEFORE you show it for the first time, otherwise it may have no effect.
\r
10270 Use this for windows that have only output information or might only be interacted with by the mouse or fingers, and never for typing input.
\r
10271 Be careful that this may have side-effects like making the window non-accessible in some cases unless the window is specially handled. Use this with care.
\r
10274 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.PullUp">
\r
10276 Pull up the window object.
\r
10277 Places the window pointed by obj at the top of the stack, so that it's not covered by any other window.
\r
10280 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.BringDown">
\r
10282 Bring down the window object.
\r
10283 Places the window pointed by obj at the bottom of the stack, so that no other window is covered by it.
\r
10286 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.Active">
\r
10288 This function sends a request to the Windows Manager to activate the Window.
\r
10289 If honored by the WM, the window receives the keyboard focus.
\r
10292 This is just a request that a Window Manager may ignore, so calling this function does not ensure
\r
10293 in any way that the window is going to be the active one after it.
\r
10296 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.DeleteResizeObject(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
10298 Delete subobj as a resize object of window obj.
\r
10299 This function removes the object subobj from the resize objects of the window obj.
\r
10300 It will not delete the object itself, which will be left unmanaged and should be deleted by the developer, manually handled or set as child of some other container.
\r
10302 <param name="obj">Resize object.</param>
\r
10304 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.AddResizeObject(ElmSharp.EvasObject)">
\r
10306 Adds obj as a resize object of the Window.
\r
10309 Setting an object as a resize object of the window means that the obj child's size and
\r
10310 position is controlled by the window directly. That is, the obj is resized to match the window size
\r
10311 and should never be moved or resized manually by the developer.In addition,
\r
10312 resize objects of the window control the minimum size of it as well as whether it can or cannot be resized by the user.
\r
10314 <param name="obj">
\r
10318 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.KeyGrabEx(System.String)">
\r
10320 Set the keygrab of the window.
\r
10322 <param name="keyname">keyname string to set keygrab</param>
\r
10324 <member name="M:ElmSharp.Window.KeyUngrabEx(System.String)">
\r
10326 Unset the keygrab of the window.
\r
10328 <param name="keyname">keyname string to unset keygrab</param>
\r
10330 <member name="T:ElmSharp.WrapType">
\r
10332 Enumeration for the wrap type.
\r
10335 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WrapType.None">
\r
10340 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WrapType.Char">
\r
10342 Char wrap - wrap between characters.
\r
10345 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WrapType.Word">
\r
10347 Word wrap - wrap within the allowed wrapping points
\r
10348 (as defined in the unicode standard).
\r
10351 <member name="F:ElmSharp.WrapType.Mixed">
\r
10353 Mixed wrap - Word wrap, if that fails, char wrap.
\r
10356 <member name="T:Interop.Elementary.ReturnKeyType">
\r
10358 Types of "Enter" keys available for different keyboards layout
\r